110246 Catalog
109933-Attachment 109933-Attachment 109933-Attachment 785901 Batch8 unilog cesco-content
2014-07-04
: Pdf 110246-Catalog 110246-Catalog 051712 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 128
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Table of Contents Section 19 Push Buttons and Operator Interface Product Panorama Type O Compact Light (p. 19-11) XVL Compact Light (p. 19-11) Push Buttons Control Stations Pendant Stations Tower Lights 19-2 19-4 19-5 19-6 22 and 30 mm Most Common Complete Operators 16 mm XB6 (p. 19-12) Type J Compact Light (p. 19-10) XB4, XB5 (22 mm) and Class 9001 Type K, SK (30 mm) most common complete operators assembled with contact blocks and and light modules. Start-Stop, Hand-Off-Auto, and other configurations are offered in this simplified quick selector. 19-8 Compact Pilot Lights The Compact Pilot Light ranges include the XVL miniature LED type; the Type O lowcost incandescent; and the Type J incandescent, push-to-test types. 19-10 16 mm Push Buttons 22 mm XB4 (p. 19-23) 22 mm XB5 (p. 19-42) XB6 16 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a plastic bezel are intended for high density panels such as laboratory and test fixtures. 19-12 22 mm Push Buttons XB5R Wireless, Batteryless Push Button (p. 19-63) XB5S Biometric Switch (p. 19-65) XB4 22 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a metal bezel are designed for industrial applications, and combine ease of installation and robustness. XB5 22 mm Push Buttons, the plastic version of the XB4 unit, is particularly suited to applications requiring a resistance to chemical agents and/or double electrical insulation. XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches 19-23 19-42 19-63 19-65 30 mm Push Buttons 30 mm Type KX (p. 19-94) 19-77 19-94 Control Stations and Enclosures Type KY Enclosure (p. 19-105) Type B Wall Station (p. 19-103) 19-100 XAL control stations are available pre-assembled or custom assembled. These control stations use push buttons and pilot lights from the XB5 22 mm range. XAP enclosures are available in glass reinforced polyester, die cast metal and flush mount. Type B Standard Duty Control Stations in 1, 2, and 3 button configurations are 19-103 available as predetermined complete stations. Class 9001 Type KY/SKY Heavy Duty Control Stations are ideally suited for 19-105 commercial and industrial applications. Available in die cast metal, stainless steel, painted sheet steel, and reinforced polyester. Tower Lights Tower Lights and Beacons. XVB, XVC, XVE, and XVP tower lights and beacons provide long distance indication of the operation status or sequences of a machine with with lights or buzzers. 19-107 Pendant Stations Our full line of pendant stations for most crane and hoist applications range from the 19-117 light to medium duty BW and XAC pendants to the heavy duty SKYP pendants. Foot Switches Pendant Stations (p. 19-117) Tower Lights (p. 19-107) The Type A foot switch is a heavy duty industrial foot switch which can be used in a variety of industrial applications. 19-124 Rotary Cam Switches K2 and K30–K150 Rotary Cam Switches. Miniature, Custom, and Power Switching 19-126 Cam Switches provide an inexpensive and versatile means of switching from 10 A logic control through 150 A power switching. Type A Foot Switch (p. 19-124) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Rotary Cam Switch (p. 19-126) 19-1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 30 mm Type SK (p. 19-77) 19-67 19 30 mm Type K (p. 19-67) Class 9001 Type K Chrome-Plated Oiltight/Watertight Push Buttons are intended primarily for machine tool and heavy-duty industrial applications. Class 9001 Type SK Non-Metallic Watertight operators are designed for use in highly corrosive areas. Class 9001 Type KX operators are Square-Shaped Multifunction Control Units that mount in a Type K mounting hole. This highly versatile line saves space by combining push buttons and pilot lights into one common operator. Push Buttons and Pilot Lights Family Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 XVL Type O Type J XB6 www.schneider-electric.us XVLA1•• XVLA2•• XVLA3•• Type of Product Mini Pilot Light Compact Pilot Light Compact Pilot Light 16 mm Push Button (plastic) Mounting Hole Diameter 8 mm / 12 mm 17.5 mm (0.68 in) 17.5 mm (0.68 in) 16.2 mm UL Recognized File E164353, CCN NKCR UL Recognized File E179183, CCN NKCR UL File E78403, CCN NKCR UL File E164353, CCN NKCR CSA File LR44078, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR44087 Class 3211-03 Approvals Conforming to Standards CE Marked RoHS Compliant IEC337-2 NF C 63-140 VDE 0660-200 CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching Emergency Stop push buttons) JIS C 4520 and 853 UL 508 and CSA C22-2 no. 14 Gost CCC Degree of Protection IP40 (IP65 with seal) NEMA 13 NEMA 4, 13 IP65 NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 Electric Shock Protection Electrical Consumption LED 6-30 Vac/Vdc: 15 mA 48–120 Vac: 20 mA 25 mA 19 AC-15; B300 Ue = 240 Vac and le = 1.5A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 3 A Continuous 5 A Rated Operational Characteristics PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Connection Type DC-13; R300 Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A XVLA1** and XVLA2** = 2.8mm x 0.5mm Faston Faston Screw Terminal — 19-10 19-11 Quick Connect/ Solder Tabs 0.11 x 0.02 in. (2.8 x 0.5 mm) XVLA3** = Screw Terminals Cable Size 1 x 1.5 mm² max. Digest Page 19-10 19-2 2 x 14 AWG (copper only) 19-13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Push Buttons and Pilot Lights Selection Guide www.schneider-electric.us Family XB4 XB5 9001K 9001SK 9001KX Type of Product *22 mm Push Button (metal) *22 mm Push Button (plastic) **30 mm Push Button (metal) **30 mm Push Button (plastic) **30 mm Push Button (metal, square) Mounting Hole Diameter 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 31 mm (1.22 in) 31 mm (1.22 in) 31 mm (1.22 in) UL Listed File E164353, CCN NKCR UL Listed File E164353, CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL Recognized File E164353. CCN NKCR2 UL Recognized File E164353., CCN NKCR2 CSA File LR44087. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR44087. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60947-1 EN/IEC 60947-1 EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching emergency stop push buttons) EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching emergency stop push button). EN/IEC60947-5-1 EN/IEC60947-5-1 EN/IEC 60364-5-53 (emergency switching of mechanical latching push buttons) EN/IEC 60364-5-53 (emergency switching of mechanical latching push buttons) EN/IEC60947-5-4 EN/IEC60947-5-4 — EN81-1 (emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching push buttons with mechanical state indicator) JIS C 4520 and 852 Approvals Conforming to Standards Degree of Protection Electric Shock Protection JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 and 852 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.-2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 GOST GOST CCC CCC IP65 IP65 IP66 IP66 IP66 for booted IP66 for booted NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Class I Class I Class II Class II Incandescent and LED bulbs see ratings on page 19-86 Incandescent and LED bulbs see ratings on page 19-86 IP66 Class II Electrical Consumption Rated Operational Characteristics Connection Type 24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA 24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA 120 Vac: 14 mA 120 Vac: 14 mA 240 Vac: 14 mA 240 Vac: 14 mA AC-15; B600 Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6A Continuous 10 A AC-15; B600 Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A 19 LED IP20 Fingersafe Screw or Spring Terminal IP20 Fingersafe Screw Terminal Screw Terminal: Spring Terminal: Cable Size 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max. 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max. 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max 1 x 24 AWG (0.2 2mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max Digest Page 19-23 19-42 19-67 19-77 19-94 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Refer to Catalogs DIA4ED2060507BEN-US* and 9001CT1103** 19-3 Control Stations Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Family XAL XAP 9001B www.schneider-electric.us 9001KY/SKY NEMA 1 Surface Mounting 9001BG•• NEMA 1 Flush Mounting 9001BF•• 9001KYSS3 9001KY3 XAPA1100 NEMA 4 9001BW•• XAPA1104 XALD02 NEMA 7 and 9 9001BR•• 9001SKY2 9001KYAF3 XALD—Polycarbonate XALK—Polycarbonate XAPA—glass filled polyester XAPG—die cast zinc XAPE—anodized aluminum 9001BG—plastic cover 9001BF—stainless steel 9001BW—die cast zinc 9001BR—cast aluminum 9001KYAF—sheet steel 9001KYSS—stainless steel 9001KY—die cast zinc 9001KZ—die cast zinc 9001SKY—Polyester Number of holes 1 to 3 0 to 16 1 to 3 1 to 6 Type of Operators XB5 (22mm) XB5 (22mm) Built in 9001K/SK (30mm) Available without Operators Yes Yes No Yes Available with Operators Yes No Yes Yes UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E78403 CCN NKCR UL File E78403 CCN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 25490 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 25490 Class 3211-03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, 19 Type of Product/Material Approvals PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Conforming to Standards JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 9001KYAF—customer provided 9001KYSS—G conduit hub 9001KY—customer provided 9001KZ—1/2 & 3/4 knockout 9001SKY—G conduit hub 19-105 Cable Entry No. 13 knock out XAPA—undrilled XAPG—Tapped 3/4NPT XAPE—flush mount (n/a) 9001BG—1/2 &3/4 knockout 9001BF—N/A 9001BW—1/2-14NPT 9001BR—1/2-14NPT Digest Page 19-100 19-100 19-103 19-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Selection Guide Family 9001BW XACA2 XACA0 9001SKYP Type of Product 2-Button Pendant 2-Button Pistol Grip Pendant General Purpose Pendant Heavy Duty Pendant Number of operators 2 2 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Approvals UL File E78403 CNN NKCR CSA File LR25490 Class 3211-03 UL File E164353 CNN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 UL File E164353 CNN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 UL File E78403 CNN NKCR CSA File LR25490 Class 3211-03 Conforming to Standards CE Marked EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with trigger action emergency stop) UL 508 CSA C22-2 No. 14 RoHS compliant EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with trigger action emergency stop) UL 508 CSA C22-2 No. 14 RoHS compliant CE Marked Degree of Protection NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5 IP65 IK08 NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5 IP65 IK08 NEMA 1,2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Housing Material Polycarbonate / PET Polyester Blend Yellow Polypropylene Yellow Polypropylene Yellow Polycarbonate AC - B600 AC-15: A600 or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A or Ue = 240V, le = 3A AC-15: A600 or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A or Ue = 240V, le = 3A SKRU2-SKRU5 AC - B300 DC - P600 DC - P600 DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A SKRU1, 10, 11 AC - A600 DC - P600 Thermal Current Continuous 5A Continuous 10A Continuous 10A — Connection Type 1/2 in. NPT screw clamp terminals 8–26 mm cable entry screw clamp terminals 8–26 mm cable entry screw clamp terminals NPT threaded conduit entry screw clamp terminals Cable Size — 1 x 0.5 mm² (20AWG) min. 2 x 1.5 mm² (16AWG) max. 1 x 2.5 mm² (14AWG) max. 1 x 14 AWG (copper only) — Digest Page 19-117 19-118 19-118 19-121 Rated Operational Characteristics a a 19 www.schneider-electric.us PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 OSHA Section 1910.179, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits voltage at pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc max. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19-5 Tower Lights and Beacons Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Family XVB L XVB C XVP XVE Type of Product Beacon Tower Light Tower Light Tower Light and Beacon Diameter 70mm 70 mm 50 mm 70 mm Features Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Approvals Conforming to Standards UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR 19 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 Degree of Protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP42 Light Source LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Electrical Consumption LED Steady LED Flashing with Buzzer Strobe (Energized) Audible Sounders 24 Vac/dc: < 30 mA 24 Vac/dc: < 80 mA 24V ac/dc: < 25mA 120–230 Vac: < 30 mA 120–230 Vac: < 30mA 120–230 Vac: |< 25 mA 24 Vac/dc: < 40 mA 24 V ac/dc: < 40mA 24 V ac/dc: < 30mA 120–230 Vac: < 15mA 120–230 Vac: < 15 mA 120–230Vac: < 25 mA 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 24 Vdc: 5 Joules unit < 430 mA; 10 J unit: < 850 mA 24 Vdc: ≤40mA 24 Vdc: ≤85 mA 120 Vac: 5 Joules unit: < 130 mA; 10 J unit: < 260 mA 120 Vac: ≤20mA 120 Vac: ≤35 mA 230 Vac: 5 Joules unit: < 105 mA; 10 J unit: < 210 mA 230 Vac: ≤11mA 230 Vac: ≤25 mA 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 12–48 Vac/dc: < 20 mA 24 Vdc: ≤15 mA 85 decibels at 1 meter 120–230 Vac: < 50 mA 120 Vac: ≤15 mA — 90 decibels at 1 meter 230 Vac: ≤12mA — 55 to 85 decibels at 1 meter — Connection Type — Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Cable Size 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End Digest Page 19-110 19-111 19-114 19-113 19-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us XVC 4 XVC 6 XVC 1 XVS XVR Type of Product Tower Light Tower Light Tower Light Siren and Electronic Alarm Rotating Mirror Beacon Diameter 40 mm 60 mm 100 mm — 84/106/120/130 mm Features All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired Adjustable Tones XVS14BMW, 0 to 105 decibels, 43 tones XVS72BM••, 0 to 90 decibels, 16 tones All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired. XVR12••• S includes buzzer: 70 to 90 decibels Approvals UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN UCST UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-2 — EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-3 EN61000-6-3 EN61000-6-3 — EN61000-6-4 — EN61000-6-4 EN61000-6-4 — — UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 Degree of Protection IP54 IP54 IP54 IP53 / IP54 IP23 / IP65 / IP66 Light Source LED LED LED — LED Conforming to Standards Electrical Consumption 24 V: 1 unit = 40mA; 2 unit = 80mA; 3 unit = 120mA 4 unit = 160mA; 5 unit = 200mA 24 V: 1 unit = 100mA; 2 unit = 200mA; 3 unit = 300mA 4 unit = 400mA; 5 unit = 500mA — XVR08, XVR10, XVR12, and XVR13 (without buzzer) 12 Vac/dc: 360mA 24 Vac/dc: 180mA LED Flashing ** with Buzzer **24 V: 1 unit = 90 mA; 2 unit = 130 mA; 3 unit = 170 mA 4 unit = 210 mA; 5 unit = 250 mA 0.7 to 3 Hz (1 flash per 0.7 to 3 seconds) 24 V: 1 unit = 150mA; 2 unit = 250mA; 3 unit = 350mA 4 unit = 450mA; 5 unit = 550mA 3 to 3.5 Hz (1 flash per 3 to 3.5 seconds) — XVR12 with buzzer: 12 Vac/dc: 400 mA 24 Vac/dc: 230 mA 3 Hz (1 flash per 3 seconds) Strobe (Energized) — — — — 70 to 85 decibels at 1 meter 60 to 85 decibels at 1 meter XVS14BMW 12 Vdc: 350mA 24 Vdc: 400 mA 105 decibels at 1 meter — — — XVS72BM 12 Vdc: 280 mA 24 Vdc: 190 mA 90 decibels at 1 meter — Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 600mm XVC6•• 850mm XVC6•• K 550mm XVC6•• 5S 850mm XVC6•• 5SK Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 500mm XVC1•• K 500mm XVC1•• SK 550mm XVC6•• 5S 850mm XVC6•• 5SK — 70 to 85 decibels at 1 meter Audible Sounders Connection Type Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 600mm XVC4•• 900mm XVC4•• K 500mm XVC4•• 5S XVS14BMW Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 500mm XVS14 XVS72BM•• Not Pre-Wired 19 LED Steady Pre-Wired cable length: 500mm XVR08••• 400mm XVR10••• 400mm XVR12••• 400mm XVR13••• Cable Size 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) — 18 AWG (0.75 mm²) Digest Page 19-111 19-109 19-109 19-116 19-107 For Tower Lights catalog numbers: first dot denotes voltage selection second dot denotes color selection © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Family 19-7 22 mm Push Buttons XB4–XB5 Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.1: Operator Style BLACK—Start Push Buttons (flush head) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BA21 $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.5: $ Price 38.50 ZBY2303 3.40 Operator Style RED—Stop Push Buttons (extended head) Description 38.50 ZBY2303 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 1 N.O. Operator Style Description XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BD21 $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.6: $ Price 51.00 ZBY2367 3.40 1 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated XB5AD21 51.00 ZBY2367 3.40 Operator Style Operator Style Contact Block XB4BL42 38.50 ZBY2304 3.40 XB5AL42 38.50 ZBY2304 3.40 Description XB4 Die Cast Chrome Contact Block Type $ Price Legend $ Price Plate XB4BD33 68.00 ZBY2387 3.40 XB5AD33 68.00 ZBY2387 3.40 2 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated 2 N.O. RED—120 Vac LED—On Pilot Light Description Legend $ Price Plate Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 1 N.O. Table 19.3: $ Price 1 N.C. BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch Contact Block Type 1 N.C. XB5AA21 Table 19.2: Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome 1 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated www.schneider-electric.us Type $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.7: $ Price Operator Style GREEN—120 Vac LED—Off Pilot Light Description Contact Block Type $ Price Legend $ Price Plate 19 XB4 Die Cast Chrome 120 Vac Red LED XB4BVG4 72.00 ZBY2311 3.40 XB4 Die Cast Chrome 120 Vac Green LED XB4BVG3 72.00 ZBY2312 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 120 Vac XB5AVG4 Red LED 72.00 ZBY2311 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 120 Vac Green LED XB5AVG3 72.00 ZBY2312 3.40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.4: Operator Style RED—40 mm Mushroom Stop (Push-Pull) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BT42 Table 19.8: Legend Plate $ Price 68.00 ZBY9330 3.40 $ Price Operator Style RED—40 mm Mushroom Emergency Stop (Trigger Action, Turn-to-Release) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome 1 N.C. Type $ Price Legend Plate 60 mm $ Price Round XB4BS8445 165.00 ZBY9330 3.40 XB5AS8445 165.00 ZBY9330 3.40 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. XB5 Double Insulated XB5AT42 68.00 ZBY9330 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 1 N.C. 1 N.O./ 1 N.C. When ordering, please specify: • • 19-8 Quantity Type or Catalog Number I Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us BLACK—Start Push Buttons Contact Block 30 mm Industrial (Metal) KR1BH13 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Table 19.10: Type Table 19.13: $ Price Legend Plate $ Price 89.00 KN201 SKR1BH13 89.00 KN101SP 4.40 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch Operator Description Style Contact Sequence (Contact Block Included) 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type KS11BH13 106.00 KN244 2.90 Table 19.11: Operator Style 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Table 19.12: Operator Style 2.90 RED—120 Vac—On Pilot Light 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type $ Price Legend Plate KP1R31 153.00 KN203 SKP1R31 153.00 KN103SP 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) KN202 4.40 4.40 BLACK—Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch Operator Description Style Contact Sequence (Contact Block Included) 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KS43BH13 106.00 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) KN260 4.40 $ Price 4.40 4.40 Operator Style 4.40 GREEN—120 Vac—Off Pilot Light Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price 30 mm Industrial (Metal) KP1G31 153.00 KN204 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) SKP1G31 153.00 KN104SP 4.40 Description Table 19.16: Operator Style Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KT1R31 197.00 KN203 4.40 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) SKT1R31 197.00 KN103SP SKS43BH13 106.00 KN160SP Table 19.15: RED—120 Vac—On Push-To-Test Pilot Light Description 89.00 1 0 0 0 0 1 SKS11BH13 106.00 KN144SP Description $ Price Legend Plate $ Price Type SKR1RH13 89.00 KN102RP 1 0 0 1 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Contact Block KR1RH13 Table 19.14: $ Price Legend Plate $ Price RED—Stop Push Buttons Operator Description Style GREEN—120 Vac—Off Push-To-Test Pilot Light Description Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KT1G31 197.00 KN204 4.40 SKT1G31 197.00 KN104RP 4.40 When ordering, please specify: • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Quantity Class Number (if appropriate) Type or Catalog Number CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator Description Style 19 Table 19.9: 19-9 Compact Pilot Lights Type XVL and Type O www.schneider-electric.us XVL Miniature LED Table 19.17: XVLA1•• Specifications Conforming to standards IEC 337-2, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200 Degree of protection IP40 (IP65 with seal) conforming to IEC 529 and NF C 20-010 Current consumption 25 mA XVLA1••, XVLA2••: tags for 2.8 x 0.5 mm Faston connectors, also for soldered connections. XVLA3••: threaded connectors, clamping, capacity: min. 1 x 0.2 mm2, max. 1 x 1.5 mm2 Cabling Table 19.18: With Black Bezel, Raised LED Description Supply Voltage DC Ø 8 mm a with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 LED pilot lights Ø 8 mm, with black bezel, visible LED XVLA1•• XVLA2•• Table 19.19: XVLA3•• 12 V 24 V a b Catalog Number XVLA123 XVLA124 XVLA125 XVLA133 XVLA134 XVLA135 $ Price Each Catalog Number XVLA223 XVLA224 XVLA225 XVLA233 XVLA234 XVLA235 XVLA323 XVLA324 XVLA325 XVLA333 XVLA334 XVLA335 $ Price Each 32.80 With Integral Lens Cap, Covered LED Description Supply Voltage DC Ø 8 mma with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 Ø 8 mm, with lens incorporated, LED XVLA2 12 V Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Amber 24 V Ø 12 mm b with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 Ø 12 mm, with lens incorporated, LED XVLA3 XVLX•• Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber 12 V 24 V 32.80 52.00 Quick connects (2.8 x 0.5 mm). Screw termination. Table 19.20: Accessories Tightening tools (Sold singly) Seals (IP65) (Sold in lots of 10) XVLZ91• Description For Ø 8 mm pilot lights For Ø 12 mm pilot lights For Ø 8 mm pilot lights For Ø 12 mm pilot lights Catalog Number XVLX08 XVLX12 XVLZ911 XVLZ912 $ Price Each 18.60 24.00 0.65 19 Class 9001 Type O, NEMA 13 Pilot Lights Table 19.21: Red Green Amber Lens Lens Lens Typec Typec Typec 12 .170 OR12 OG12 OA12 24 .073 OR24 OG24 OA24 120 .025 OR120 OG120 OA120 c To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Voltage Vac/Vdc Type O Instrument Type Incandescent Pilot Lights—Type O NEMA 13 Avg. Current (A) Table 19.22: Yellow Lens Typec OY12 OY24 OY120 White Lens Typec OW12 OW24 OW120 Fluted Blue Lens Typec — FB24 FB120 $ Price 28.70 Replacement Lamps—Class 9001, Type O Sylvania Lamp Number 12PSB 24PSB 120PSB Voltage 12 V 24 V 120 V 19-10 Clear Lens Typec OC12 OC24 OC120 CP1 CS1 CS2 Discount Schedule Square D Part Number 2550105003 2550105004 2550105005 $ Price 16.50 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Compact Pilot Lights Type J Compact Pilot Lights www.schneider-electric.us Standard, Push-To-Test, and Remote Test Pilot Lights Class 9001 Type J compact pilot lights are designed to be mounted in a 0.69 in. (11•16 in. or 17.5 mm) diameter mounting hole. Each terminal accepts up to two 14 AWG wires (CU only). Type J compact pilot lights meet NEMA 4 (watertight) and NEMA 13 (oiltight). Type JT push-to-test pilot lights have contacts built into the encapsulated body. Type JTR remote test pilot lights have dual inputs for one push remote testing—all you need is a push button with a current rating equal to or greater than the total lamp draw. Type JTR remote test pilot lights can also be energized from two separate input signals of the same voltage and polarity. This is done by wiring the Test terminal to the second input signal. Standard Pilot Light a Style/Voltage Color Capb None $ Price Red Green $ Price Transformer, 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz JP1 143.00 JP1R29 JP1G29 JP1Y29 153.00 Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc JP38 116.00 JP38R29 JP38G29 JP38Y29 126.00 Incandescent, 24–28 Vac/Vdc LED, 24–28 Vac LED, 24–28 Vdc LED, 120 Vac Red Replacement LED, Yellow 120 Vac Green JP35 — — — — — — 116.00 — — — — — — JP35R29 JP35LRR29 JP35DRR29 JP38LRR29 — — — JP35G29 JP35LGG29 JP35DGG29 JP38LGG29 — — — JP35Y29 JP35LYY29 JP35DYY29 JP38LYY29 — — — 126.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 — — — Table 19.24: Transformer, 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc Incandescent, 24-28 Vac/Vdc LED, 24–28 Vac LED, 24–28 Vdc LED, 120 Vac Red Replacement LED, Yellow 120 Vac Green Table 19.25: Color Red Green Amber Blue White Yellow Table 19.26: Color Capb None $ Price JT1 JT38 JT35 — — — — — — 185.00 158.00 158.00 — — — — — — Red Green Yellow $ Price JT1R29 JT38R29 JT35R29 JT35LRR29 JT35DRR29 JT38LRR29 — — — JT1G29 JT38G29 JT35G29 JT35LGG29 JT35DGG29 JT38LGG29 — — — JT1Y29 JT38Y29 JT35Y29 JT35LYY29 JT35DYY29 JT38LYY29 — — — 195.00 168.00 168.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 — — — Replacement Lamp 6.3 V, 0.15 A 120 V, 0.015 A 28 V, 0.040 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A — — — 2550101020 12.50 2550101040 12.50 2550101024 — — — 6508805207 6508805208 6508805209 12.50 — — — 43.00 43.00 43.00 $ Price Lamp 6.3 V, 0.15 A 120 V, 0.015 A 28 V, 0.040 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A — — — Replacement Lamp 2550101020 2550101040 2550101024 — — 6508805207 6508805208 6508805209 $ Price 12.50 12.50 12.50 — — — 43.00 43.00 43.00 Color Caps, Class 9001 Type J Replacement Color Caps Plasticb R29 G29 A29 L29 W29 Y29 $ Price 9.90 Legend Plates Maximum Number of Lines Description Maximum Number of Characters Black Field Red Field Blank Special Marking (Specify Marking) Black Field Red Field Blank Aluminum Field Special Marking (Specify Marking) a b Lamp Push-To-Test Pilot Light a Style/Voltage © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Yellow Aluminum Field 2 2 8 16 Catalog Numberb $ Price JN100 JN100R 4.40 JN199 JN199R 18.50 JN700 4.40 JN799 18.50 Other voltages are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number. CS1 I Discount Schedule 19-11 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type JP1R29 19 Table 19.23: 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.27: Type of Operator Illuminated Push Buttons (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact N.O. XB6DW•••B Flush, spring return XB6CE•••B Flush, maintained Extended, spring return 19 Type of Operator 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Flush, maintained Extended, spring return $ Price Rectangular Square Round White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue XB6DW1B1B XB6DW3B1B XB6DW5B1B XB6DW6B1B XB6DW4B2B XB6DW1B5B XB6DW3B5B XB6DW4B5B XB6DW5B5B XB6DW6B5B XB6DF1B1B XB6DF3B1B XB6DF5B1B XB6DF6B1B XB6DF4B2B XB6DF1B5B XB6DF3B5B XB6DF4B5B XB6DF5B5B XB6DF6B5B XB6DE1B1B XB6DE3B1B XB6DE5B1B XB6DE6B1B XB6DE4B2B XB6DE1B5B XB6DE3B5B XB6DE4B5B XB6DE5B5B XB6DE6B5B Catalog Number XB6CW1B1B XB6CW3B1B XB6CW5B1B XB6CW6B1B XB6CW4B2B XB6CW1B5B XB6CW3B5B XB6CW4B5B XB6CW5B5B XB6CW6B5B XB6CF1B1B XB6CF3B1B XB6CF5B1B XB6CF6B1B XB6CF4B2B XB6CF1B5B XB6CF3B5B XB6CF4B5B XB6CF5B5B XB6CF6B5B XB6CE1B1B XB6CE3B1B XB6CE5B1B XB6CE6B1B XB6CE4B2B XB6CE1B5B XB6CE3B5B XB6CE4B5B XB6CE5B5B XB6CE6B5B XB6AW1B1B XB6AW3B1B XB6AW5B1B XB6AW6B1B XB6AW4B2B XB6AW1B5B XB6AW3B5B XB6AW4B5B XB6AW5B5B XB6AW6B5B XB6AF1B1B XB6AF3B1B XB6AF5B1B XB6AF6B1B XB6AF4B2B XB6AF1B5B XB6AF3B5B XB6AF4B5B XB6AF5B5B XB6AF6B5B XB6AE1B1B XB6AE3B1B XB6AE5B1B XB6AE6B1B XB6AE4B2B XB6AE1B5B XB6AE3B5B XB6AE4B5B XB6AE5B5B XB6AE6B5B 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 Illuminated Push Buttons (120 Vac LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact N.O. Flush, spring return Color N.C. XB6AF•••B Table 19.28: www.schneider-electric.us Color $ Price Rectangular Square Round XB6DW1G1B XB6DW3G1B XB6DW5G1B XB6DW6G1B XB6DW4G2B XB6DW1G5B XB6DW3G5B XB6DW4G5B XB6DW5G5B XB6DW6G5B XB6DF1G1B XB6DF3G1B XB6DF5G1B XB6DF6G1B XB6DF4G2B XB6DF1G5B XB6DF3G5B XB6DF4G5B XB6DF5G5B XB6DF6G5B XB6DE1G1B XB6DE3G1B XB6DE5G1B XB6DE6G1B XB6DE4G2B XB6DE1G5B XB6DE3G5B XB6DE4G5B XB6DE5G5B XB6DE6G5B Catalog Number XB6CW1G1B XB6CW3G1B XB6CW5G1B XB6CW6G1B XB6CW4G2B XB6CW1G5B XB6CW3G5B XB6CW4G5B XB6CW5G5B XB6CW6G5B XB6CF1G1B XB6CF3G1B XB6CF5G1B XB6CF6G1B XB6CF4G2B XB6CF1G5B XB6CF3G5B XB6CF4G5B XB6CF5G5B XB6CF6G5B XB6CE1G1B XB6CE3G1B XB6CE5G1B XB6CE6G1B XB6CE4G2B XB6CE1G5B XB6CE3G5B XB6CE4G5B XB6CE5G5B XB6CE6G5B XB6AW1G1B XB6AW3G1B XB6AW5G1B XB6AW6G1B XB6AW4G2B XB6AW1G5B XB6AW3G5B XB6AW4G5B XB6AW5G5B XB6AW6G5B XB6AF1G1B XB6AF3G1B XB6AF5G1B XB6AF6G1B XB6AF4G2B XB6AF1G5B XB6AF3G5B XB6AF4G5B XB6AF5G5B XB6AF6G5B XB6AE1G1B XB6AE3G1B XB6AE5G1B XB6AE6G1B XB6AE4G2B XB6AE1G5B XB6AE3G5B XB6AE4G5B XB6AE5G5B XB6AE6G5B N.C. 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19-12 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.29: Pilot Lights (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Color XB6DV••B $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue Rectangular Square Round XB6DV1BB XB6DV3BB XB6DV4BB XB6DV5BB XB6DV6BB Catalog Number XB6CV1BB XB6CV3BB XB6CV4BB XB6CV5BB XB6CV6BB XB6AV1BB XB6AV3BB XB6AV4BB XB6AV5BB XB6AV6BB 27.30 XB6CV••B Pilot Lights (120 Vac LED) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs $ Price Color XB6AV••B Rectangular Square Round XB6DV1GB XB6DV3GB XB6DV4GB XB6DV5GB XB6DV6GB Catalog Number XB6CV1GB XB6CV3GB XB6CV4GB XB6CV5GB XB6CV6GB XB6AV1GB XB6AV3GB XB6AV4GB XB6AV5GB XB6AV6GB White Green Red Yellow Blue Table 19.31: Push Buttons (Non-Illuminated) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact Type of Push Color $ Price XB6DA••B N.O. Flush, spring return Square Round XB6DA11B XB6DA21B XB6DA31B XB6DA51B XB6DA61B XB6DA22B XB6DA42B XB6DA15B XB6DA25B XB6DA35B XB6DA45B XB6DA55B XB6DA65B Catalog Number XB6CA11B XB6CA21B XB6CA31B XB6CA51B XB6CA61B XB6CA22B XB6CA42B XB6CA15B XB6CA25B XB6CA35B XB6CA45B XB6CA55B XB6CA65B XB6AA11B XB6AA21B XB6AA31B XB6AA51B XB6AA61B XB6AA22B XB6AA42B XB6AA15B XB6AA25B XB6AA35B XB6AA45B XB6AA55B XB6AA65B 1 — — 1 1 1 White Black Green Yellow Blue Black Red White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 26.20 26.20 34.10 Trigger Action Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons (Color Red)a Shape of Head Type of Push Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Diameter of Head (mm) Catalog Number — 1 30 XB6AS8342B 65.00 1 1 30 XB6AS8345B 73.00 — 1 30 XB6AS9342Bb 78.00 1 1 30 XB6AS9345Bb 87.00 $ Price 19 Table 19.32: Rectangular N.C. XB6CA••B XB6AA••B 27.30 Turn-to-release XB6AS8345B Key release a b XB6AS9345B Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22) Ronis 200 key Table 19.33: Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow Text Blank Emergency stop Catalog Number ZB6Y7001 ZB6Y7330 $ Price 3.40 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 ZB6Y7330 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.30: CS2 Discount Schedule 19-13 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 o Table 19.34: Type of Operator Selector Switches (Switching Angle: Handle: 60 , Key: 70 ) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact Number and Type of Positions $ Price Rectangular XB6DD•••B N.O. N.C. 1 — 1 1 Handle www.schneider-electric.us o Square Round Catalog Number 2-maintained XB6DD221B XB6CD221B XB6AD221B 29.70 2-maintained XB6DD225B XB6CD225B XB6AD225B 37.60 3-maintained XB6DD235B XB6CD235B XB6AD235B 37.60 3-maintained XB6DD233B XB6CD233B XB6AD233B 37.60 Rectangular Square Round XB6CD•••B 2 Type of Operator — Type of Contact N.O. Number and Type of Positions $ Price N.C. XB6AD•••B 1 1 Catalog Number 2-maintained XB6DGC5B XB6CGC5B XB6AGC5B 68.00 2-maintained XB6DGB5B XB6CGB5B XB6AGB5B 68.00 3-maintained XB6DGH5B XB6CGH5B XB6AGH5B 68.00 3-maintained XB6DGH3B XB6CGH3B XB6AGH3B 68.00 Key 2 XB6DG••B Note: — Indicates key withdrawal position. Table 19.35: Selector Switch Sequence 19 2 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide a PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XB6CG••B O X O X O X X O 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide a XB6AG••B O X X O X O a O O O X X X X X O X O O 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) As viewed from the front of the panel. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19-14 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.36: Contact Blocks and Light Modules for Illuminated Push Buttonsa Description Type of Contact Supply Voltage N.O. N.C. 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 Color of Light Source Catalog Number White Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow Blue — — — ZB6ZB11B ZB6ZB31B ZB6ZB51B ZB6ZB61B ZB6ZB42B ZB6ZB52B ZB6ZB15B ZB6ZB35B ZB6ZB45B ZB6ZB55B ZB6ZB65B ZB6ZG11B ZB6ZG31B ZB6ZG51B ZB6ZG61B ZB6ZG42B ZB6ZG52B ZB6ZG15B ZB6ZG35B ZB6ZG45B ZB6ZG55B ZB6ZG65B ZB6ZH01B ZB6ZH02B ZB6ZH05B $ Price Quick connectors/solder tabs ZB6ZB••B 12–24 Vac/Vdc Integral LED b ZB6ZH••B 120 Vac Direct for incandescent bulb (not included)d Table 19.37: < 24 Vac/Vdc 28.00 28.00 35.20 28.00 28.00 35.20 23.80 23.80 31.00 Contact Blocks for Push Buttons and Selector Switches Type of Contact Description Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2 — 1 — 1 — 2 1 ZB6Z1B ZB6Z2B ZB6Z3B ZB6Z4B ZB6Z5B 9.40 9.40 16.60 16.60 16.60 Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price 110 Vac 230 Vac White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue — — ZB6EB1B ZB6EB3B ZB6EB4B ZB6EB5B ZB6EB6B ZB6EG1B ZB6EG3B ZB6EG4B ZB6EG5B ZB6EG6B ZB6EG0B ZB6EM0B < 24 Vac/Vdc — ZB6EH0B Quick connectors/solder tabs ZB6Z•B Contact blocks with mounting base Table 19.38: Light Modules for Pilot Lights Description Quick connectors/solder tabsf 120 Vac With resistor for 95 V neon bulb (not included) de ZB6E•0B Direct supply for 0.6 W max. incandescent bulb (not included)d Table 19.39: 14.40 Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB6E1B 7.20 Silver alloy Quick connectors/solder tabs — 1 ZB6E2B 7.20 1 — ZB6E1E 12.40 Gold flashed Quick connectors/solder tabs — 1 ZB6E2E 12.40 a Illuminated selector switches can be assembled by using a contact block/light module assembly in conjunction with a selector switch head, supplied without handle, and a transparent handle. See page 19-16. b The LED must be the same color as the push button cap. c The LED must be the same color as the lens. d Order bulbs separately. See page 19-22. e Neon bulb can only be used with a red, yellow, or white cap. f Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. See page 19-22. Table 19.40: ZB6Y010 15.60 15.60 Separate Contact Blocks (Maximum of 3 contacts per mounting base.) Contact Material ZB6E•B 16.60 For use with mounting base Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations Description for use with Plug-in Socket Adapter contact blocks and light modules Catalog Number ZB6Y010 Body Bracket plug-in socket adapter ZB6Y011 ZB6Y011 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-15 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Integral LEDc 16.60 19 12–24 Vac/Vdc ZB6E••B 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.41: Heads for Illuminated Push Buttons (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15) Type of Push Color $ Price Rectangular ZB6DW• ZB6CE• ZB6AF• a Square Catalog Number White ZB6DW1 ZB6CW1 Green ZB6DW3 ZB6CW3 Red ZB6DW4 ZB6CW4 Flush, spring return Yellow ZB6DW5 ZB6CW5 Blue ZB6DW6 ZB6CW6 5 colors a ZB6DW9 ZB6CW9 White ZB6DF1 ZB6CF1 Green ZB6DF3 ZB6CF3 Red ZB6DF4 ZB6CF4 Flush, maintained Yellow ZB6DF5 ZB6CF5 Blue ZB6DF6 ZB6CF6 5 colors a ZB6DF9 ZB6CF9 White ZB6DE1 ZB6CE1 Green ZB6DE3 ZB6CE3 Red ZB6DE4 ZB6CE4 Extended, spring return Yellow ZB6DE5 ZB6CE5 Blue ZB6DE6 ZB6CE6 5 colorsa ZB6DE9 ZB6CE9 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). Table 19.42: ZB6DV• Round ZB6AW1 ZB6AW3 ZB6AW4 ZB6AW5 ZB6AW6 ZB6AW9 ZB6AF1 ZB6AF3 ZB6AF4 ZB6AF5 ZB6AF6 ZB6AF9 ZB6AE1 ZB6AE3 ZB6AE4 ZB6AE5 ZB6AE6 ZB6AE9 16.40 14.40 16.40 14.40 16.40 $ Price Rectangular 19 b 14.40 Heads for Pilot Lights (To combine with light modules, see page 19-15.) Color ZB6CV• www.schneider-electric.us Square Catalog Number White ZB6DV1 ZB6CV1 Green ZB6DV3 ZB6CV3 Red ZB6DV4 ZB6CV4 Yellow ZB6DV5 ZB6CV5 Blue ZB6DV6 ZB6CV6 5 colors b ZB6DV9 ZB6CV9 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). Round ZB6AV1 ZB6AV3 ZB6AV4 ZB6AV5 ZB6AV6 ZB6AV9 8.20 10.20 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB6AV• 19-16 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Non-Illuminated Operators and Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Non-Illuminated Operators Table 19.43: Heads for Push Buttons (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Type of Push Color $ Price Rectangular ZB6DA• Square Round Catalog Number White ZB6DA1 ZB6CA1 Black ZB6DA2 ZB6CA2 ZB6AA1 ZB6AA2 Green ZB6DA3 ZB6CA3 ZB6AA3 Red ZB6DA4 ZB6CA4 ZB6AA4 Yellow ZB6DA5 ZB6CA5 ZB6AA5 Blue ZB6DA6 ZB6CA6 ZB6AA6 6 colorsa ZB6DA9 ZB6CA9 ZB6AA9 14.40 ZB6CA• Flush, spring return a 16.40 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). ZB6AA• Table 19.44: Mushroom Heads for Trigger Action Push Buttons (30 mm)b Shape of Head Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price Turn-to-release Red ZB6AS834 49.60 Key release Red ZB6AS934c 62.60 ZB6AS834 Table 19.45: ZB6AS934 Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Circular legends, 45 mm b c Text Catalog Number Blank ZB6Y7001 Emergency stop ZB6Y7330 $ Price Yellow 3.40 Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22) Ronis 200 key ZB6Y7330 Table 19.46: Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Color of Handle $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number ZB6DD•• ZB6CD•• ZB6AD•• 2-maintained Black ZB6DD22 ZB6CD22 ZB6AD22 2-maintained Black ZB6DD28b ZB6CD28b ZB6AD28b 3-maintained Black ZB6DD23 ZB6CD23 ZB6AD23 2-spring return to center Black ZB6DD24 ZB6CD24 ZB6AD24 3-spring return to center Black ZB6DD25 ZB6CD25 ZB6AD25 3-spring return from right to center Black ZB6DD26 ZB6CD26 ZB6AD26 3-spring return from left to center Black ZB6DD27 ZB6CD27 ZB6AD27 a b c 19 Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45° 17.60 For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum. Switching angle: maintained positions 90o. See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-19. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Non-Illuminated Selector Switches 19-17 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.47: www.schneider-electric.us Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Color of Handle $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45° 2-maintained Black ZB6DD22 ZB6CD22 ZB6AD22 2-maintained Black ZB6DD28b ZB6CD28b ZB6AD28b 3-maintained Black ZB6DD23 ZB6CD23 ZB6AD23 2-spring return to center Black ZB6DD24 ZB6CD24 ZB6AD24 3-spring return to center Black ZB6DD25 ZB6CD25 ZB6AD25 3-spring return from right to center Black ZB6DD26 ZB6CD26 ZB6AD26 3-spring return from left to center Black ZB6DD27 ZB6CD27 ZB6AD27 ZB6DD•• 17.60 ZB6CD•• ZB6AD•• a b c For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum. Switching angle: maintained positions 90o. See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-14. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-18 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Keyed Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.48: Heads for Ronis Key Operated Selector Switches a (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Key Withdrawal $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number Switching angle: maintained positions 70o, spring return positions 45o 2-maintained Right-hand position ZB6DGA ZB6CGA ZB6AGA Center position ZB6DGB ZB6CGB ZB6AGB Both positions ZB6DGC ZB6CGC ZB6AGC Center position ZB6DGL ZB6CGL ZB6AGL Left-hand position ZB6DGD ZB6CGD ZB6AGD Center position ZB6DGE ZB6CGE ZB6AGE Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGF ZB6CGF ZB6AGF Right-hand position ZB6DGG ZB6CGG ZB6AGG All 3 positions ZB6DGH ZB6CGH ZB6AGH Left-hand and right-hand positions ZB6DGJ ZB6CGJ ZB6AGJ Right-hand and center positions ZB6DGK ZB6CGK ZB6AGK Left-hand position ZB6DGQ ZB6CGQ ZB6AGQ Center position ZB6DGR ZB6CGR ZB6AGR Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGS ZB6CGS ZB6AGS Center position ZB6DGT ZB6CGT ZB6AGT ZB6DG• 2-spring return from right to center 3-maintained ZB6CG• 3-spring return from right to center ZB6AG• 3-spring return to center 45.60 Table 19.49: PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Note: Indicates key withdrawal position. a Ronis 200 key standard. Selector Switch Sequence (using contact block assemblies, page 19-15) 2 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide b X O X X O 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 19 O X O 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide b b O O X X O X X O O O X X X X O O X O As viewed from the front of the panel. 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-19 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.50: www.schneider-electric.us Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a Description Without legend insert With blank legend insert Background Color of Legend — White or yellow Black or red Catalog Number ZB6YD20 ZB6YD21 ZB6YD22 $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 ZB6YD20 Table 19.51: 8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a Color ZB6Y2178 P STO ZB6Y2304 Marking Catalog Number O-I ZB6Y2178 I-II ZB6Y2179 International I-O-II ZB6Y2186 O ZB6Y2190 HAND-O-AUTO ZB6Y2387 CLOSE ZB6Y2314 DOWN ZB6Y2308 FORWARD ZB6Y2305 FAULT ZB6Y2334 White Text Red Background (Stop and Fault) LEFT ZB6Y2310 Black Background (all others) OFF ZB6Y2312 English ON ZB6Y2303 OPEN ZB6Y2313 RESET ZB6Y2323 REVERSE ZB6Y2306 RIGHT ZB6Y2309 RUN ZB6Y2311 STOP ZB6Y2304 UP ZB6Y2307 a Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT1102. $ Price 1.60 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-20 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.52: Push Button Caps—Marked Ink Marking Color: White on colored cap Black on white cap Color $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number For non-illuminated push buttons 1 2 3 4 ZB6YC•10 5 6 7 ZB6YA•10 8 9 ON OFF ZB6YD•17 I O R START ZB6YD•19 STOP II III ZB6YC•19 + UP DOWN ZB6YA•19 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CLOSE CS2 ZB6YD100 ZB6YD200 ZB6YD101 ZB6YD201 ZB6YD102 ZB6YD202 ZB6YD103 ZB6YD203 ZB6YD104 ZB6YD204 ZB6YD105 ZB6YD205 ZB6YD106 ZB6YD206 ZB6YD107 ZB6YD207 ZB6YD108 ZB6YD208 ZB6YD109 ZB6YD209 ZB6YD117 ZB6YD317 ZB6YD224 ZB6YD424 ZB6YD111 ZB6YD311 ZB6YD210 ZB6YD410 ZB6YD226 ZB6YD626 ZB6YD140 ZB6YD340 ZB6YD241 ZB6YD441 ZB6YD112 ZB6YD212 ZB6YD113 ZB6YD213 ZB6YD114 ZB6YD214 ZB6YD115 ZB6YD215 ZB6YD127 ZB6YD227 ZB6YD128 ZB6YD228 ZB6YD132 ZB6YD232 ZB6YD119 ZB6YD219 ZB6YD120 ZB6YD220 ZB6YD121 ZB6YD221 ZB6YD122 ZB6YD222 Discount Schedule ZB6YC100 ZB6YC200 ZB6YC101 ZB6YC201 ZB6YC102 ZB6YC202 ZB6YC103 ZB6YC203 ZB6YC104 ZB6YC204 ZB6YC105 ZB6YC205 ZB6YC106 ZB6YC206 ZB6YC107 ZB6YC207 ZB6YC108 ZB6YC208 ZB6YC109 ZB6YC209 ZB6YC117 ZB6YC317 ZB6YC224 ZB6YC424 ZB6YC111 ZB6YC311 ZB6YC210 ZB6YC410 ZB6YC226 ZB6YC626 ZB6YC140 ZB6YC340 ZB6YC241 ZB6YC441 ZB6YC112 ZB6YC212 ZB6YC113 ZB6YC213 ZB6YC114 ZB6YC214 ZB6YC115 ZB6YC215 ZB6YC127 ZB6YC227 ZB6YC128 ZB6YC228 ZB6YC132 ZB6YC232 ZB6YC119 ZB6YC219 ZB6YC120 ZB6YC220 ZB6YC121 ZB6YC221 ZB6YC122 ZB6YC222 ZB6YA100 ZB6YA200 ZB6YA101 ZB6YA201 ZB6YA102 ZB6YA202 ZB6YA103 ZB6YA203 ZB6YA104 ZB6YA204 ZB6YA105 ZB6YA205 ZB6YA106 ZB6YA206 ZB6YA107 ZB6YA207 ZB6YA108 ZB6YA208 ZB6YA109 ZB6YA209 ZB6YA117 ZB6YA317 ZB6YA224 ZB6YA424 ZB6YA111 ZB6YA311 ZB6YA210 ZB6YA410 ZB6YA226 ZB6YA626 ZB6YA140 ZB6YA340 ZB6YA241 ZB6YA441 ZB6YA112 ZB6YA212 ZB6YA113 ZB6YA213 ZB6YA114 ZB6YA214 ZB6YA115 ZB6YA215 ZB6YA127 ZB6YA227 ZB6YA128 ZB6YA228 ZB6YA132 ZB6YA232 ZB6YA119 ZB6YA219 ZB6YA120 ZB6YA220 ZB6YA121 ZB6YA221 ZB6YA122 ZB6YA222 4.20 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB6YD•10 White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Green Black Red White Green Black Red Black Blue White Green Black Red White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black 19 0 19-21 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.53: ZB6Y002 ZB6Y009 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories Description Application Body Fitting contact blocks ZB6Y009 2.00 Bezel tightening tool + bulb extractor Fixing the switch and changing bulbs ZB6Y905 4.20 Three piece tool kit — ZB6Y019 12.40 Nut Fixing head to panel ZB6Y002 2.00 Adaptor Flush mounting a circular head push button or pilot light in Ø 22 mm cut-out ZB6YA002 6.20 Shroud Protecting contacts against touching ZB6Y001 3.40 Protective cover Catalog Number $ Price Circular and square head push buttons and switches ZB6YA001 16.60 Rectangular head push buttons and switches ZB6YD001 16.60 Female Quick connector/Solder tab Sold in lots of 100 pieces ZB6Y004 0.42 Blanking plug Plugging an unused knockout ZB6Y005 4.20 Ronis key, 2 pieces Key operated selector switches and emergency stop mushroom ZB6Y007 6.20 6V ZB6YA006 2.00 12 V ZB6YJ012 2.00 28 Va ZB6YB028 2.00 110/230 V b ZB6YG095 4.20 ZB6Y905 Incandescent bulbs, bayonet T1 1/4 ZB6Y005 ZB6Y007 ZB6Y001 Neon bulbs a b 28 V bulb supplied, for use on 24 V. 95 V bulb supplied, for use on 110/230 V. Table 19.54: ZB6YA001 Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a Description Without legend insert ZB6YD001 ZB6YD20 With blank legend insert Table 19.55: Background Color of Legend — White or yellow Black or red Catalog Number ZB6YD20 ZB6YD21 ZB6YD22 8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a Color 19 ZB6Y2178 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE P STO ZB6Y2304 Marking Catalog Number O-I ZB6Y2178 I-II ZB6Y2179 International I-O-II ZB6Y2186 O ZB6Y2190 HAND-O-AUTO ZB6Y2387 CLOSE ZB6Y2314 DOWN ZB6Y2308 FORWARD ZB6Y2305 FAULT ZB6Y2334 White Text Red Background (Stop and Fault) LEFT ZB6Y2310 Black Background (all others) OFF ZB6Y2312 English ON ZB6Y2303 OPEN ZB6Y2313 RESET ZB6Y2323 REVERSE ZB6Y2306 RIGHT ZB6Y2309 RUN ZB6Y2311 STOP ZB6Y2304 UP ZB6Y2307 a Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT0001. Table 19.56: ZB6Y7330 ZB6Y010 $ Price 1.60 Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Text Catalog Number Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow Blank Emergency stop ZB6Y7001 ZB6Y7330 Table 19.57: $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 $ Price 3.40 Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations Description for use with Plug-in Socket Adapter contact blocks and light modules Catalog Number ZB6Y010 Body Bracket plug-in socket adapter ZB6Y011 ZB6Y011 19-22 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.58: Shape of Head Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Type of Contact Marking Cap Color Catalog Number Black Green Yellow Blue Red Black Green Red Yellow Blue XB4BA21 XB4BA31 XB4BA51 XB4BA61 XB4BA42 XB4BA25 XB4BA35 XB4BA45 XB4BA55 XB4BA65 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA2) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA3) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA5) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA6) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA4) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA2) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA3) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA4) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA5) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA6) “I” (white) Green XB4BA3311 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA331) 44.70 1 “O” (white) Red XB4BA4322 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA432) 44.70 1 — — — — 1 1 — — Black Green Yellow Blue Red Red XB4BP21 XB4BP31 XB4BP51 XB4BP61 XB4BP42 XB4BL42 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP2) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP3) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP5) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP6) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BP4) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BL4) 1 1 — Red XB4BL45 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL4) 56.00 1 — — Black XB4BC21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BC2) 56.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — — 1 — 1 1 — Flush 1 — Flush — XB4BA31 Flush XB4BA4322 Flush with clear silicone boot (color of pusher unobscured) XB4BP51 Extended Mushroom head Ø 40 mm Components $ Price 38.50 38.50 56.00 53.00 53.00 38.50 XB4BL42 Shape of Head Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** XB4BC21 Table 19.60: Shape of Head N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K XB4BL73415 Components (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL7341) $ Price 69.00 Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push XB4BL73415 Type of Contact One flush green push* One extended red push** Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of ProtectionPilot Light Voltage Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K 24 XB4BW73731B5 120 XB4BW73731G5 240 XB4BW73731M5 $ Price 130.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.59: 19 One white central pilot light block XB4BL73731p5 Table 19.61: Shape of Head Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Two flush pushes + one central projecting red push* Type of Contact N.O. 2 N.C. 1 Degree of Protection IP66 IP69K Marking and Cap Color Catalog Number White “I” on green background White “II” on green background *White “Stop” on red background XB4BA731327 Black “V” on white background White “B” on black background *White “Stop” on red background XB4BA711237 $ Price 120.00 XB4BA731327 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-23 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.62: Shape of Head www.schneider-electric.us Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm, Red (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Type of Contact Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 1 XB4BT845 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84) 1 1 XB4BS8445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS844) 1 2 XB4BS84441 (ZB4BZ141 + ZB4BS844) Trigger action Key release a (No. 455) 1 1 XB4BS9445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS944) Push-pull — 1 XB4BT42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BT4) 68.00 Turn-to-release — 1 XB4BS542 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS54) 110.00 Key release (No. 455) — 1 XB4BS142 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS14) 147.00 Trigger action push-pulla 101.00 XB4BT845 Trigger action turn-to-releasea 165.00 165.00 XB4BS9445 XB4BS542 a Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Table 19.63: Shape of Head Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections)b Type of Operator Type of Contact Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2-maintained XB4BD21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BD2) 51.00 1 1 2-maintained XB4BD25 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BD2) 68.00 3-maintained XB4BD33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD3) 68.00 2 — 3-momentary to center XB4BD53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD5) 75.00 2-maintained XB4BJ21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BJ2) 51.00 3-maintained XB4BJ33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ3) 68.00 3-momentary to center XB4BJ53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ5) 75.00 XB4BG21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG2) 123.00 XB4BG41 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG4) 123.00 XB4BG61 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG6) 123.00 XB4BG03 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG0) 141.00 XB4BG33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG3) 141.00 Standard lever, black 19 XB4BD33 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1 — 2 — Extended lever, black XB4BJ33 2-maintained 1 — 2-momentary to left Key (No. 455) 2 — 3-maintained XB4BG33 Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s). b See page 19-29 for contact configurations. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-24 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.64: Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Supply Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac XB4BVB5 Table 19.65: Catalog Number XB4BVB1 XB4BVB3 XB4BVB4 XB4BVB5 XB4BVB6 XB4BVG1 XB4BVG3 XB4BVG4 XB4BVG5 XB4BVG6 Components (ZB4BVB1 + ZB4BV013) (ZB4BVB3 + ZB4BV033) (ZB4BVB4 + ZB4BV043) (ZB4BVB5 + ZB4BV053) (ZB4BVB6 + ZB4BV063) (ZB4BVG1 + ZB4BV013) (ZB4BVG3 + ZB4BV033) (ZB4BVG4 + ZB4BV043) (ZB4BVG5 + ZB4BV053) (ZB4BVG6 + ZB4BV063) $ Price 72.00 72.00 Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head XB4BV64 Color White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number Components Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) White XB4BV61 Green XB4BV63 < 250 Vac/Vdc Red XB4BV64 Yellow XB4BV65 Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included White XB4BV31 Green XB4BV33 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz Red XB4BV34 Yellow XB4BV35 $ Price (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV01) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV03) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV04) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV05) 51.00 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV01) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV03) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV04) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV05) 117.00 XB4BV33 Table 19.66: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Description Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price Flush XB4BW33B5 1 1 110–120 Vac Direct supply for BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb not included 1 1 XB4BW3465 Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 1 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz XB4BW31B5 XB4BW33B5 XB4BW34B5 XB4BW35B5 XB4BW36B5 XB4BW31G5 XB4BW33G5 XB4BW34G5 XB4BW35G5 XB4BW36G5 XB4BW3165 XB4BW3365 XB4BW3465 XB4BW3565 XB4BW3135 XB4BW3335 XB4BW3435 XB4BW3535 XB4BW3145 XB4BW3345 XB4BW3445 XB4BW3545 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW313) (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW333) (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW343) (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW353) (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW363) (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW313) (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW333) (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW343) (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW353) (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW363) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW35) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW35) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW35) 119.00 119.00 99.00 163.00 163.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 24 Vac/Vdc White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow XB4BW3545 a White XB4BW11B5 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW113) Green XB4BW13B5 (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW133) 24 Vac/Vdc Red XB4BW14B5 (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW143) 113.00 Yellow XB4BW15B5 (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW153) Blue XB4BW16B5 (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW163) 1 1 White XB4BW11G5 (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW113) Green XB4BW13G5 (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW133) 110–120 Vac Red XB4BW14G5 (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW143) 113.00 Yellow XB4BW15G5 (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW153) Blue XB4BW16G5 (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW163) For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, XB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes XB4BVM1 (240 V—AC only). Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-25 19 Extended 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.67: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked Shape of Head Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number Flush, without color cap a — ZB4BA0 11.00 ZB4BA9 13.00 Flush, with set of 6 color caps ZB4BA0 Flush ZB4BA4 Flush with transparent cap, for insertion of legend b ZB4BA38 Booted Flush (clear silicone) Cap color unobscured Booted Extended (clear silicone) Cap color unobscured ZB4BP18 Booted (colored silicone) Cap color unobscured ZB4BL1 Booted (clear silicone) for insertion of legend b Cap color unobscured 19 Extended PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BA36 Guarded Head a b Shape of Head ZB4BL432 c ZB4BA1 ZB4BA2 ZB4BA3 ZB4BA4 ZB4BA5 ZB4BA6 ZB4BA8 ZB4BA18 ZB4BA38 ZB4BA48 ZB4BA58 ZB4BA68 ZB4BPA1 ZB4BPA2 ZB4BPA3 ZB4BPA4 ZB4BPA5 ZB4BPA6 ZB4BP1 ZB4BP2 ZB4BP3 ZB4BP4 ZB4BP5 ZB4BP6 ZB4BP1S ZB4BP2S ZB4BP3S ZB4BP4S ZB4BP5S ZB4BP6S ZB4BP18 ZB4BP38 ZB4BP48 ZB4BP58 ZB4BP68 ZB4BL1 ZB4BL2 ZB4BL3 ZB4BL4 ZB4BL5 ZB4BL6 ZB4BA16 ZB4BA26 ZB4BA36 ZB4BA46 ZB4BA56 ZB4BA66 13.00 16.00 25.80 25.80 25.80 29.00 13.00 35.00 Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked Type of Push Marking Text Cap Color Green White Green START White Green ON White RESET Black JOG Black Flush Red O White Black Red STOP White Black Red OFF White Black Black White c White Black Red O White Black Red Extended STOP White Black Red OFF White Black Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: I ZB4BA334 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Gray White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue $ Price Color cap to be ordered separately, see page 19-39. For legend ordering information, see page 19-39. Table 19.68: ZB4BA331 www.schneider-electric.us Marking Color White Black White Black White Black White White Catalog Number ZB4BA331 ZB4BA131 ZB4BA333 ZB4BA133 ZB4BA341 ZB4BA141 ZB4BA222 ZB4BA245 ZB4BA432 ZB4BA232 ZB4BA434 ZB4BA234 ZB4BA435 ZB4BA235 ZB4BA334 ZB4BA335 ZB4BL432 ZB4BL232 ZB4BL434 ZB4BL234 ZB4BL435 ZB4BL235 $ Price 18.60 18.60 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-26 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.69: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Flush ZB4BH02 Extended Table 19.70: Catalog Number ZB4BH01 ZB4BH02 ZB4BH03 ZB4BH04 ZB4BH05 ZB4BH06 ZB4BH1 ZB4BH2 ZB4BH3 ZB4BH4 ZB4BH5 ZB4BH6 $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 17.60 17.60 Three Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head Premarked Description ZB4BA73133 Two flush + one central projecting red push marked “Stop” Two flush Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection “I” “II” “X” “V” “A” “E” “+” “-” “+” “-” “X” “V” “A” “E” “A” “E” Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green White White White Black White Black Black Black IP66 IP69K — — IP66 IP69K ZB4BA73132 ZB4BA73133 ZB4BA73134 ZB4BA73135 ZB4BA71115 60.00 ZB4BA71123 ZB4BA71124 ZB4BA72124 Without caps Two flush without caps ZB4BA71124 51.00 Two Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number ZB4BA7340 ZB4BA7120 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended $ Price 37.20 — Green Red ZB4BL7340 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BA7341 “I” “O” White Black ZB4BA7121 Premarked Two flush ZB4BA7121 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended “I” “O” Green Red Two flush without caps — — 41.40 ZB4BL7341 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.71: ZB4BA791 ZB4BL7341 19 Without caps IP66 IP69K ZB4BA79 35.00 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-27 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators and Emergency Stop Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.72: Mushroom Heads, Momentary Shape of Head Diameter of Head ZB4BC24 Color of Head Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue 30 mm 40 mm ZB4BC2 60 mm Table 19.73: www.schneider-electric.us Catalog Number ZB4BC24 ZB4BC34 ZB4BC44 ZB4BC54 ZB4BC64 ZB4BC2 ZB4BC3 ZB4BC4 ZB4BC5 ZB4BC6 ZB4BR2 ZB4BR3 ZB4BR4 ZB4BR5 ZB4BR6 $ Price 29.40 29.40 35.00 Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons Shape of Head ZB4BR2 Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number Trigger action Push-pull a 40 mm Red ZB4BT84 54.00 30 mm Red ZB4BS834 112.00 60 mm Red Red marked “EMO” Red ZB4BS844 ZB4BS84430 ZB4BS864 112.00 118.00 112.00 30 mm Red ZB4BS934 112.00 40 mm Red ZB4BS944 b 112.00 60 mm Red Black Red Black ZB4BS964 ZB4BT2 ZB4BT4 ZB4BX2 112.00 Red ZB4BX4 Trigger action Turn-to-release a 40 mm ZB4BS834 Trigger action Key release (No. 455) a 40 mm Push-pull 60 mm ZB4BT4 $ Price 40.40 46.00 Black ZB4BS42 78.00 Red ZB4BS44 Black ZB4BS52 78.00 Red ZB4BS54 Red marked “EMO” ZB4BS5430 85.00 Turn-to-release 40 mm Yellow ZB4BS55 78.00 Yellow marked ZB4BS5550 85.00 “Robot Stop” Black ZB4BS62 60 mm 90.00 Red ZB4BS64 Black ZB4BS72 30 mm 112.00 Red ZB4BS74 Black ZB4BS12 Key release 40 mm 112.00 (No. 455) Red ZB4BS14 b Black ZB4BS22 60 mm 112.00 Red ZB4BS24 Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a head with key No. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, becomes: ZB4BG212. 30 mm 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BS64 a b ZB4BS74 Table 19.74: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) Diameter 60 mm 90 mm Text Blank EMERGENCY STOP Blank EMERGENCY STOP Catalog Number ZBY9101 ZBY9330 ZBY8101 ZBY8330 $ Price 3.40 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39 ZBY9330 19-28 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.75: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches b Color Number and Type of Positions $ Price Standard Lever a Extended Lever Catalog Number ZB4BD4 Standard Lever ZB4BJ3 Extended Lever a Black 2-maintained ZB4BD2 ZB4BJ2 24.00 Black 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BD4 ZB4BJ4 29.40 Black 3-maintained ZB4BD3 ZB4BJ3 24.00 Black 3-momentary to center ZB4BD5 ZB4BJ5 29.40 Black 3-momentary from left to center ZB4BD7 ZB4BJ7 29.40 Black 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BD8 ZB4BJ8 29.40 For colored lever, add the following code to the end of part number: 01–white, 03–green, 04–red, 05–yellow, 06–blue (Example: ZB4BD204). Table 19.76: Non-Illuminated Key Switches b Type of Operator Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number $ Price ZB4BG2 ZB4BG02 2-maintained ZB4BG4 Key (No. 455) c Note: The symbol 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BG6 indicates the key withdrawal position(s). ZB4BG0 ZB4BG3 90.00 ZB4BG03 ZB4BG8 3-maintained ZB4BG04 ZB4BG5 ZB4BG09 b c See Table 19.77 for contact configurations. Other key numbers: ZB4BG1 3-momentary from left to center —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. ZB4BG01 3-momentary to center ZB4BG7 116.00 ZB4BG8 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BG05 Example: For a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, order ZB4BG212. ZB4BG08 19 Table 19.77: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 45° 315° Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed 0° 315° 45° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location Contacts L C R L C R L C R L C R L C N/O O O O X X X X X O O O O O X R X N/C X X X O O O O O X X X X X O O Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BG9 Discount Schedule 19-29 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Specialty Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.78: www.schneider-electric.us Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar) Shape of Head Description Application Catalog Number For shaft Ø 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) ZB4BD922 For potentiometer with shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in. (45 to 50 mm) (potentiometer not included) 142.00 For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB4BD922 Table 19.79: Contact Operation 2 direction Action Catalog Number Maintained XD4PA12 Momentary XD4PA22 Maintained XD4PA14 Momentary XD4PA24 Color Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Catalog Number Color Type of Positions Catalog Number Black Maintained ZB4BD28 Black Momentary ZB4BD48 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 4 direction • $ Price 250.00 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 316.00 • Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10 (single) or ZBE20 (double). Table 19.80: Legends for Joysticks Description XD4PA12 ZB4BD912 Joysticks (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) a Description a $ Price For use with Legends 30 x 48 mm for customer engraving 2 direction Legends 48 x 48 mm for customer engraving 4 direction $ Price ZBG2201 ZBG2401 3.40 ZBG4201 ZBG4401 19 Table 19.81: Two Position Toggle Switch PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Shape of Head $ Price 46.60 ZB4BD28 Table 19.82: Reset Operators, Flush, Adjustable Shaft Shape of Head Travel in. 0.39 Actuation Distance mm in. mm 0.24–0.63 6–16 0.63–1.02 16–26 1.18–5.12 30–130 5.12–10.12 130–257 10 XB4BA8•1 0.55 14 Color Catalog Number Black Red Blue Black Red Blue Black Red Blue Black Red Blue XB4BA821 XB4BA841 XB4BA861 XB4BA822 XB4BA842 XB4BA862 XB4BA921 XB4BA941 XB4BA961 XB4BA922 XB4BA942 XB4BA962 $ Price 30.10 30.10 36.10 45.10 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-30 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.83: Pilot Light Heads Shape of Head For Use with Body Comprising Light Module Type Protected LED™ only ZB4BV063 Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b ZB4BV04 For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled) lens b Direct supply Direct supply Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary 7.60 Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number BA9s bulb 2.4 W max. Not included b BA9s incandescent bulb included BA9s incandescent bulb included <250 ZB4BV6 38.60 BA9s incandescent bulb included Supply Voltage $ Price 24 v 2 Watt ZB4BV624 49.20 120 v 2.4 Watt ZB4BV6120 49.20 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 400–50 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 550–600 Vac 60 Hz ZB4BV3 ZB4BV4 ZB4BV5 98.00 ZB4BV8 ZB4BV9 Color of Light Source Catalog Number White ZB4BVJ1 Green ZB4BVJ3 Red ZB4BVJ4 Yellow ZB4BVJ5 Blue ZB4BVJ6 White ZB4BVB1 Green ZB4BVB3 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BVB4 Yellow ZB4BVB5 Blue ZB4BVB6 White ZB4BVBG1 Green ZB4BVBG3 24–120 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BVBG4 Yellow ZB4BVBG5 Blue ZB4BVBG6 White ZB4BVG1 Green ZB4BVG3 110–120 Vac Red ZB4BVG4 Yellow ZB4BVG5 Blue ZB4BVG6 White ZB4BV18B1 Green ZB4BV18B3 Flashing 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BV18B4 Yellow ZB4BV18B5 Blue ZB4BV18B6 White ZB4BV18G1 Green ZB4BV18G3 110–120 Vac Red ZB4BV18G4 Yellow ZB4BV18G5 Blue ZB4BV18G6 For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, ZB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes ZB4BVM1 (240 V). For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 1/40" or 2 x 0.110"). 12 Vac/Vdc c d 7.60 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) c Light Source Screw clamp terminal connections d ZB4BV•• 7.60 Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120. Table 19.85: ZB4BV• 7.60 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED) Direct supply b $ Price For use in bright ambient conditions, for example, in sunlight. Table 19.84: Description Screw clamp terminal connections ZB4BV6 ZB4BV013 ZB4BV033 ZB4BV043 ZB4BV053 ZB4BV063 ZB4BV013S ZB4BV033S ZB4BV043S ZB4BV053S ZB4BV063S ZB4BV01 ZB4BV03 ZB4BV04 ZB4BV05 ZB4BV06 ZB4BV07 ZB4BV01S ZB4BV03S ZB4BV04S ZB4BV05S ZB4BV06S ZB4BV07S $ Price 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 66.00 66.00 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BV043S Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Amber Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Amber Blue Clear 19 a Color of Lens 19-31 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.86: www.schneider-electric.us Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BW313 ZB4BW333 ZB4BW343 ZB4BW353 ZB4BW363 ZB4BW513 ZB4BW533 ZB4BW543 ZB4BW553 ZB4BW563 ZB4BA18 ZB4BA38 ZB4BA48 ZB4BA58 ZB4BA68 ZB4BW113 ZB4BW133 ZB4BW143 ZB4BW153 ZB4BW163 ZB4BW413 ZB4BW433 ZB4BW443 ZB4BW453 ZB4BW463 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZB4BW31 ZB4BW33 ZB4BW34 ZB4BW35 ZB4BW36 ZB4BW37 ZB4BW11 ZB4BW13 ZB4BW14 ZB4BW15 ZB4BW16 ZB4BW17 Type of Push Color of Lens Catalog Number Push/Pull Mushroom (40 mm) Clear Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BW613 ZB4BW633 ZB4BW643 ZB4BW653 ZB4BW663 Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BH013 ZB4BH033 ZB4BH043 ZB4BH053 ZB4BH063 ZB4BH13 ZB4BH33 ZB4BH43 ZB4BH53 ZB4BH63 $ Price Only use with Protected LED™ light modules Flush ZB4BW333 Flush with clear silicone boot Flush for insertion of legend ZB4BW563 Extended ZB4BW113 Mushroom (40 mm) 18.60 31.00 16.00 13.00 29.40 Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Flush ZB4BW33 Extended 19 Table 19.87: 18.60 13.00 Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB4BW14 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.88: ZB4BW643 46.00 Illuminated Push-On/Push-Off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules Flush ZB4BH033 Extended ZB4BH63 19-32 24.80 19.60 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.89: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number $ Price ZB4BW7A3740 ZB4BW7A1720 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended 48.00 — Green Red ZB4BW7L3740 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BW7A3741 “I” “O” White Black ZB4BW7A1721 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BW7l3741 ZB4BW7A3741 Premarked Two flush One flush One extended ZB4BW7A1721 IP66 IP69K 52.00 Two flush “A” “E” White Black ZB4BW7A1724 Two flush “+” “-” White Black ZB4BW7A1715 Two flush without caps — — Without caps Table 19.90: IP66 IP69K ZB4BW7A9 35.00 Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever Shape of Head Catalog Number e Number and Type of Positions $ Price 2-maintained ZB4BK12•3 35.00 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BK14•3 51.00 3-maintained ZB4BK13•3 35.00 3-momentary to center ZB4BK15•3 51.00 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BK18•3 51.00 3-momentary from left to center ZB4BK17•3 51.00 ZB4BK1343 e Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue. Table 19.91: Sequence of Contacts on Illuminated Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Only use with Protected LED light modules 3-position 45° 0° 315° 45° 19 315° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location N/O Contacts N/C Note: L=Left, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed L R L R L R L R L O O X X X O O O O X X X O O O X X X X O 2 Position Selector Switch 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide O X O X O X X O R Contact block guide 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. O X X O X O O O O X X X X X O X O O 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-33 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.92: www.schneider-electric.us Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) Type of Contact Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB4BZ101 — 1 ZB4BZ102 2 — ZB4BZ103 Screw clamp terminal connections — 2 ZB4BZ104 1 1 ZB4BZ105 1 2 ZB4BZ141 For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB4BZ1029). Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. Description ZB4BZ101 Table 19.93: 22.00 22.00 38.20 38.20 38.20 55.00 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™) Type of Contact f Light Source $ Price N.O. Supply Voltage g Color N.C. 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac $ Price Catalog Number Screw clamp terminal connections ZB4BW0••3 ZB4BW06• f g White ZB4BW0B11 ZB4BW0G11 Green ZB4BW0B31 ZB4BW0G31 1 — Red ZB4BW0B41 ZB4BW0G41 Yellow ZB4BW0B51 ZB4BW0G51 Blue ZB4BW0B61 ZB4BW0G61 White ZB4BW0B12 ZB4BW0G12 Green ZB4BW0B32 ZB4BW0G32 — 1 Red ZB4BW0B42 ZB4BW0G42 Yellow ZB4BW0B52 ZB4BW0G52 Blue ZB4BW0B62 ZB4BW0G62 White ZB4BW0B13 ZB4BW0G13 Green ZB4BW0B33 ZB4BW0G33 2 — Red ZB4BW0B43 ZB4BW0G43 Yellow ZB4BW0B53 ZB4BW0G53 Blue ZB4BW0B63 ZB4BW0G63 White ZB4BW0B15 ZB4BW0G15 Green ZB4BW0B35 ZB4BW0G35 1 1 Red ZB4BW0B45 ZB4BW0G45 Yellow ZB4BW0B55 ZB4BW0G55 Blue ZB4BW0B65 ZB4BW0G65 Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35. For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB4BW0B11 (24V) to ZB4BW0M11 (240V)) 19 Table 19.94: Supply 73.00 73.00 90.00 90.00 Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) h Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact h N.O. N.C. Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price 1 — 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — — — — — — — — — — ZB4BW061 ZB4BW062 ZB4BW063 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW031 ZB4BW035 ZB4BW041 ZB4BW045 ZB4BW081 ZB4BW085 55.00 55.00 71.00 71.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 Screw clamp terminal connections PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Direct supply BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb Not included h Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary BA9s incandescent bulb included < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz h i Order bulb separately, see page 19-40. Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35. ZB4BW0•5 19-34 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Body/Mounting Collar For use with Electrical block (contact or light module) Catalog Number ZB4BZ009 Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Table 19.96: Type of Contact Description N.O. 1 — 2 — 1 1 — 1 — ZB4BZ009 Standard single contact blocksab Standard double contact blocksab Special contact blocks for low power switching c N.C. — 1 — 2 1 — 1 — 1 Catalog Number ZBE101 ZBE102 ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205 ZBE1016 ZBE1026 ZBE1016P ZBE1026P Dusty environment c (IP5X, 50 µm dust) Early make 1 – ZBE201 N/O Late break — 1 ZBE202 N/C Staggered contacts Overlapping 1 1 ZB4BZ106 N/O+N/C Staggered — 2 ZB4BZ107 N/O+N/O a For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZBE1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). b For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029). c Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks. Low-power switching ZBE101 Table 19.97: $ Price 5.40 $ Price 16.40 16.40 33.20 33.20 33.20 32.80 32.80 32.80 32.80 16.40 16.40 32.80 32.80 Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Description Supply Voltage ZBE203 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 24–120 Vac/Vdc 230–240 Vac ZBVB• Color of Light Source White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZBVJ1 ZBVJ3 ZBVJ4 ZBVJ5 ZBVJ6 ZBVB1 ZBVB3 ZBVB4 ZBVB5 ZBVB6 ZBVG1 ZBVG3 ZBVG4 ZBVG5 ZBVG6 ZBVBG1 ZBVBG3 ZBVBG4 ZBVBG5 ZBVBG6 ZBVM1 ZBVM3 ZBVM4 ZBVM5 ZBVM6 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 33.20 19 Direct supply for BA9s — ZBV6 2.4 W max. bulb < 250 Vac/Vdc Not included f d Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. e Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. f See page 19-40 for bulb information. $ Price PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.95: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-35 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Spring Terminal Products Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.98: www.schneider-electric.us Spring Terminal Products for XB4 22 mm Push Buttons Body/Mounting Collar For use with Catalog Number Contact block or light module ZB4BZ009 ZB4BZ009 $ Price 5.40 Contact Blocks a Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications Description Type of contact Catalog Number N/O Single Contact blocks Single with body/mounting collar ZBE1015 $ Price N/C 1 – ZBE1015 18.00 – 1 ZBE1025 18.00 1 – ZB4BZ1015 24.00 – 1 ZB4BZ1025 24.00 2 – ZB4BZ1035 42.00 – 2 ZB4BZ1045 42.00 1 1 ZB4BZ1055 42.00 Light Modules a Spring Terminal Connections Description Supply voltage Color of light source 12 Vac/Vdc ZB4BZ1015 Integral LED (to combine with heads for integral LED) 24 Vac/Vdc 19 110–120 Vac PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 230–240 Vac a 19-36 Catalog Number $ Price White ZBVJ15 Green ZBVJ35 57.00 57.00 Red ZBVJ45 57.00 Orange ZBVJ55 57.00 Blue ZBVJ65 57.00 White ZBVB15 57.00 Green ZBVB35 57.00 Red ZBVB45 57.00 Orange ZBVB55 57.00 Blue ZBVB65 57.00 White ZBVG15 57.00 Green ZBVG35 57.00 Red ZBVG45 57.00 Orange ZBVG55 57.00 Blue ZBVG65 57.00 White ZBVM15 57.00 Green ZBVM35 57.00 Red ZBVM45 57.00 Orange ZBVM55 57.00 Blue ZBVM65 57.00 Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules. However, spring terminal contact blocks can be mounted behind screw terminal contact blocks. CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Holders Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends Description ZBZ32 Legend Color Without legend a With blank legend (for engraving) Custom Legend (Specify Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line — Black or red background White or yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background With legend marked with international language Black or red background b ZBY•101 Black or red backgroundb ZBY2303 With legend marked with English language ZBZ33 ZBY610• a b Text — — — White White Black Black O (black background) O (red background) I II O-I I-II I-O-II AUTO AUTO-HAND AUTO-O-HAND CLOSE DOWN EMERGENCY STOP FAST FORWARD FOR-REV HAND HAND-OFF-AUTO INCH JOG LEFT OFF OFF-ON ON OPEN POWER ON RESET (red background) RESET (black background) REVERSE RIGHT RUN SLOW START STOP STOP-START UP Catalog Number ZBZ32 ZBY2101 ZBY4101 ZBY2002 ZBY2004 ZBY4001 ZBY4005 ZBY2146 ZBY2931 ZBY2147 ZBY2148 ZBY2178 ZBY2179 ZBY2186 ZBY2115 ZBY2364 ZBY2385 ZBY2314 ZBY2308 ZBY2330 ZBY2328 ZBY2305 ZBY2371 ZBY2316 ZBY2387 ZBY2321 ZBY2382 ZBY2310 ZBY2312 ZBY2367 ZBY2311 ZBY2313 ZBY2326 ZBY2323 ZBY2322 ZBY2306 ZBY2309 ZBY2334 ZBY2327 ZBY2303 ZBY2304 ZBY2366 ZBY2307 $ Price 2.00 3.40 14.20 3.40 3.40 For marked legends, see page 19-38. Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). Table 19.100: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends Description c Without legend insert Color — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend insert Catalog Number ZBZ33 ZBY6101 ZBY6102 $ Price 2.00 3.40 Table 19.101: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends ZBY•H101 Description c Without legend Color — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend Catalog Number ZBZ34 ZBY2H101 ZBY4H101 $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 19 ZBZ34 Table 19.102: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends Description c Without legend With blank legend ZBZ35 Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Catalog Number ZBZ35 ZBY6H101 ZBY6H102 $ Price 4.20 5.40 5.40 ZBY6H10• c © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For custom Legends, see page 19-38. CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.99: 19-37 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Inserts Only Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.103: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32) Color ZBY02178 ZBY02303 Marking Text Catalog Number O (black background) ZBY02146 O (red background) ZBY02931 I ZBY02147 International II ZBY02148 O-I ZBY02178 I-II ZBY02179 I-O-II ZBY02186 AUTO ZBY02115 AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 CLOSE ZBY02314 DOWN ZBY02308 EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330 English FAST ZBY02328 FORWARD ZBY02305 FOR-REV ZBY02371 HAND ZBY02316 HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387 Black or red background a INCH ZBY02321 JOG ZBY02382 LEFT ZBY02310 OFF ZBY02312 OFF-ON ZBY02367 ON ZBY02311 OPEN ZBY02313 POWER ON ZBY02326 RESET (red background) ZBY02323 RESET (black background) ZBY02322 REVERSE ZBY02306 RIGHT ZBY02309 RUN ZBY02334 SLOW ZBY02327 START ZBY02303 STOP ZBY02304 STOP-START ZBY02366 UP ZBY02307 a Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). $ Price 1.70 1.70 19 Table 19.104: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only) Description For use with PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Color Black or red background White or yellow background Black or red background White or yellow background Text Color White Black White Black Catalog Number ZBY0101 ZBY0102 ZBY5101 ZBY5102 $ Price Text Color White White Black Black White White Black Black Catalog Number ZBY01002 ZBY01004 ZBY01001 ZBY01005 ZBY05002 ZBY05004 ZBY05001 ZBY05005 $ Price 1.70 Table 19.105: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only) Description 19-38 For use with 8 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line (Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot”) 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify Engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line (Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot”) 30 x 50 mm legend holders CS2 Discount Schedule Color Black background Red background White background Yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background 12.20 12.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.106: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights Description Marking Blank Text O I II III STOP International Sheets of 66 circular peel-off transparent self-adhesive legends 10.40 ZBY1316 ZBY1312 ZBY1311 ZBY1303 XBY2U 10.40 104.00 Table 19.107: Push Button Caps—Unmarked For use with Type of Push Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a Catalog Number ZBA1 ZBA2 ZBA3 ZBA4 ZBA5 ZBA6 ZBA9 ZBL1 ZBL2 ZBL3 ZBL4 ZBL5 ZBL6 ZBL9 $ Price Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price Green White Green White Green White White ZBA331 ZBA131 ZBA333 ZBA133 ZBA341 ZBA141 ZBA343 White Black ZBA344 White Green ZBA345 White Black ZBA245 White Green ZBA346 Flush ZBA• ZB4BA0 push button heads Extended ZBL• $ Price 6.20 ZBY1912 HAND OFF English ON START Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian SiS Label Software ZBY1101 Catalog Number ZBY1101 ZBY1146 ZBY1147 ZBY1148 ZBY1149 ZBY1304 a 2.00 4.20 2.00 4.20 Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue. For use with Type of Push Marking Text b Ic START c ON UP c DOWN c c ZBA•33 Color White Black White Black White Black Black c ZB4BA0 push button heads Flush 4.20 White ZBA334 d Black ZBA335 d Red ZBA432 Oc White Black ZBA232 Red ZBA434 STOP c White Black ZBA234 Red ZBA435 OFF White Black ZBA235 Rc White Blue ZBA639 Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified). Double injection molded marking. Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19 Black White PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.108: Push Button Caps—Marked 19-39 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.109: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsa For use with ZBA7235 Type of Push Marking Unmarked “I” black “V” black “+” black Unmarked “O” white “+” white “V” white “I” white Unmarked “I” white “+” white “A” white “II” white Unmarked “O” white Unmarked Unmarked Assorted ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Double push button heads Tripe push button heads ZB4RZA0 ZB5RZA0 ZBA79 a b Flush Cap Color Catalog Number ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 ZBA79 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 10 colorsb $ Price 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 3.00 Sold in lots of 10. Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on black background. Table 19.110: Accessories m imu min um mm xim Ø 6 m ma m Ø8 ZBZ3605 Description Padlocking kit Conforming to EN/ISO 13850 e (See legends below) Ø6 Metal guards Padlockable ZBZ160• Metal guard 19 Plastic guardsd ZBZ1800 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BZ6• Application For Emergency Stop function only, with the following Ø 40 trigger-action push buttons: XB4BT8• XB4BS8• XB4BS9• ZB4BT8• ZB4BS8• ZB4BS9• For Emergency Stop function only with the following Ø 40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB4BT8• XB4BS8• XB4BS9• ZB4BT8• (except ZB5AT8643M) ZB4BS8• ZB4BS9• For XB4 illuminated push buttons Round Guard for ZB4BS5430, 2.5” dia EMO Mushroom Operators Narrow Flange Guard for ZB4BS5430 or ZB4BS84430 EMO Mushroom Operatorsf Trigger Action Guard for ZB4BS84430, 3” dia EMO Mushroom Operators Color Catalog Number $ Price Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00 Chromium Plated Black Red Yellow ZBZ1600 ZBZ1602 ZBZ1604 ZBZ1605 108.00 Blue ZBZ1606 Chromium-plated ZBZ1800 Yellow ZB4BZ1905 Yellow ZB4BZ2005 Yellow ZB4BZ2105 Black Red ZB4BZ62 ZB4BZ64 32.80 ZB4BZ011 16.60 ZB4SZ3 11.00 Padlockable flaps For push buttons Mounting kit For push buttons ZB4B• with flush mounting bezel head For 30 mm mounting hole. Minimum quantity 10 Metal blanking plug, round chromium plated c Plastic blanking plug, round black with mounting nut For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units Description Marking Color Without Yellow Ø 60 mm Legend for padlocking device ZBZ3605 EMERGENCY STOP Yellow c Requires a ZB4BZ009 body/mounting collar for mounting, see page 19-35. d For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06. e Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above. f Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm. 108.00 25.80 ZB5SZ3 11.00 Catalog Number ZBY9101T ZBY9330T $ Price Characteristics 6 V, 1.2 W 12 V, 2 W 24 V, 2 W 120–130 V, 2.4 W 120–130 V, 1.8 mA 230–240 V, 1,8 mA — Illuminated push buttons with flush push Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE130 DL1CF110 DL1CF220 XBFX13 ZBZ8 $ Price Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00 ZBZ41 10.40 3.40 ZB4BZ011 Table 19.111: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories Description DL1CE••• DL1CF••• Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent Neon bulbs XBFX13 19-40 ZBZ8 Bulb extractor Lens cap tightening tool Power driver bits for mounting and wiring (package of 5) Mounting Adapter For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm KO CS2 Discount Schedule 11.00 15.20 11.00 6.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.112: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a Description For use with Bellows seals for harsh environments (Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning) Any Harmony XB4 metal, mushroom head push button d, Ø 40 mm or Ø 60 mm (except ZB4BR•16) ZBZ•8 a Color & Material Red Silicone Black EPDM Yellow EPDM Sold in Lots of Catalog Number 2 ZBZ48 2 ZBZ28 2 ZBZ58 $ Price 12.40 Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T. Table 19.113: Boot for Standard Selector Switch Handle Description Boot for standard handle For use with ZB4BD•• Catalog Number ZBD D2 $ Price 12.40 ZBDD2 Table 19.114: Replacement Keys Description Key Number 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A Set of 2 keys Set of 2 keys, One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot) ZBG455 ZBG455P Catalog Number ZBG455 ZBG421E ZBG458A ZBG520E ZBG3131A ZBG455P ZBG421EP ZBG458AP ZBG520EP ZBG3131AP $ Price 11.00 23.40 Table 19.115: Clear Boots Description Single boots Double boots ZBP0 Triple boot For use with Booted push buttons with circular head Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications Double-headed push buttons, two flush Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting Material Catalog Number ZBP0 ZBP0A ZBA708 ZBA709 ZBA710 $ Price 12.40 12.40 10.80 10.80 10.80 Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZB2 BP012 ZB2 BP013 ZB2 BP014 ZB2 BP015 ZB2 BP016 $ Price Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBV0113 ZBV0133 ZBV0143 ZBV0153 ZBV0163 ZBW9113 ZBW9133 ZBW9143 ZBW9153 ZBW9163 ZBW9313 ZBW9333 ZBW9343 ZBW9353 ZBW9363 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZBV011 ZBV013 ZBV014 ZBV015 ZBV016 ZBV017 ZBW911 ZBW913 ZBW914 ZBW915 ZBW916 ZBW917 ZBW931 ZBW933 ZBW934 ZBW935 ZBW936 ZBW937 Silicone Table 19.116: Colored boots 13.00 Table 19.117: Lens Caps For use with ZBA709 Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push 5.40 5.40 5.40 Lens caps for BA9 light modules ZBV01•3 Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push ZBV01• Illuminated push buttons with extended push © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 5.40 5.40 5.40 19-41 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Single boot (can be replaced without dismantling the head) 19 Description 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.118: Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head Type of Push XB5AA31 Type of Contact Marking Cap Color Catalog Number Black Green Yellow Blue Red Black Green Red Yellow Blue XB5AA21 XB5AA31 XB5AA51 XB5AA61 XB5AA42 XB5AA25 XB5AA35 XB5AA45 XB5AA55 XB5AA65 “I” (white) Green XB5AA3311 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA331) 44.70 1 “O” (white) Red XB5AA4322 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA432) 44.70 1 — — — — 1 1 — — Black Green Yellow Blue Red Red XB5AP21 XB5AP31 XB5AP51 XB5AP61 XB5AP42 XB5AL42 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP2) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP3) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP5) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP6) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AP4) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AL4) 1 1 — Red XB5AL45 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL4) 38.50 1 — — Black XB5AC21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AC2) 56.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — — 1 — 1 1 — Flush 1 — Flush — Flush Components $ Price (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA2) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA3) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA5) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA6) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA4) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA2) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA3) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA4) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA5) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA6) 38.50 38.50 56.00 XB5AA4322 Flush with clear silicone boot (color of pusher unobscured) XB5AP51 Extended Mushroom head Ø 40 mm XB5AL42 53.00 53.00 38.50 Table 19.119: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K XB5AL73415 Components $ Price (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL7341) 80.75 19 XB5AC21 Table 19.120: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light (screw clamp terminal connections) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Shape of Head Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** XB5AL73415 Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Pilot Light Voltage Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K $ Price 24 XB5AW73731B5 120 XB5AW73731G5 240 XB5AW73731M5 123.50 One white central pilot light block Table 19.121: Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) XB5AW73731p5 Shape of Head Type of Push Two flush pushes + one central projecting red push* XB5AA731327 19-42 Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 2 1 Degree of Protection IP66 IP69K Marking and Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price White “I” on green background White “II” on green background *White “Stop” on red background XB5AA731327 Black “V” on white background White “B” on black background *White “Stop” on red background XB5AA711237 114.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.122: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm (Red) (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Contact Shape of Head Type of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84) 101.00 N.O. N.C. 1 1 XB5AT845 1 1 XB5AS8445 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844) — 2 XB5AS8444 (ZB5AZ104 + ZB5AS844) Trigger action Key release (No. 455)a 1 1 XB5AS9445 (ZB5AZ105+ ZB5AS944) Push-pull — 1 XB5AT42 Turn-to-release — 1 XB5AS542 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS54) 110.00 Key release (No. 455) — 1 XB5AS142 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS14) 147.00 XB5AS9445 Trigger action push-pulla Trigger action turn-to-releasea 165.00 XB5AT42 XB5AS542 a (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT4) 165.00 68.00 Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Table 19.123: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections) b Shape of Head Type of Contact Type of Operator XB5AD33 Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2-maintained XB5AD21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AD2) 51.00 1 1 2-maintained XB5AD25 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AD2) 68.00 3-maintained XB5AD33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD3) 68.00 2 — 3-momentary to center XB5AD53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD5) 75.00 2-maintained XB5AJ21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AJ2) 51.00 3-maintained XB5AJ33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ3) 68.00 3-momentary to center XB5AJ53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ5) 75.00 XB5AG21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG2) 123.00 XB5AG41 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG4) 123.00 XB5AG61 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG6) 123.00 XB5AG03 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG0) 141.00 XB5AG33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG3) 141.00 1 — 2 — Extended lever, black XB5AJ33 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Standard lever, black 1 — 2-momentary to left Key (No. 455) XB5AG33 2 — 3-maintained b See 19-49 for contact configurations. Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-43 19 2-maintained 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.124: Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue 24 Vac/Vdc XB5AVB1 110–120 Vac Catalog Number XB5AVB1 XB5AVB3 XB5AVB4 XB5AVB5 XB5AVB6 XB5AVG1 XB5AVG3 XB5AVG4 XB5AVG5 XB5AVG6 Components (ZB5AVB1 + ZB5AV013) (ZB5AVB3 + ZB5AV033) (ZB5AVB4 + ZB5AV043) (ZB5AVB5 + ZB5AV053) (ZB5AVB6 + ZB5AV063) (ZB5AVG1 + ZB5AV013) (ZB5AVG3 + ZB5AV033) (ZB5AVG4 + ZB5AV043) (ZB5AVG5 + ZB5AV053) (ZB5AVG6 + ZB5AV063) $ Price 72.00 72.00 Table 19.125: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head XB5AV63 Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) b White XB5AV61 Green XB5AV63 < 250 Vac/Vdc Red XB5AV64 Yellow XB5AV65 Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included White XB5AV31 Green XB5AV33 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz Red XB5AV34 Yellow XB5AV35 Components $ Price (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV01) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV03) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV04) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV05) 51.00 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV01) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV03) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV04) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV05) 117.00 Table 19.126: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a XB5AV34 Shape of Head Description Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price Flush 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 110–120 Vac XB5AW31B5 19 Direct supply for BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb not included PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included XB5AW3465 1 1 < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 1 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow XB5AW31B5 XB5AW33B5 XB5AW34B5 XB5AW35B5 XB5AW36B5 XB5AW31G5 XB5AW33G5 XB5AW34G5 XB5AW35G5 XB5AW36G5 XB5AW3165 XB5AW3365 XB5AW3465 XB5AW3565 XB5AW3135 XB5AW3335 XB5AW3435 XB5AW3535 XB5AW3145 XB5AW3345 XB5AW3445 XB5AW3545 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW313) (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW333) (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW343) (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW353) (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW363) (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW313) (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW333) (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW343) (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW353) (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW363) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW35) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW35) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW35) 119.00 119.00 99.00 163.00 163.00 Extended XB5AW3335 a b White XB5AW11B5 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW113) Green XB5AW13B5 (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW133) 24 Vac/Vdc Red XB5AW14B5 (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW143) Yellow XB5AW15B5 (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW153) Blue XB5AW16B5 (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW163) 1 1 White XB5AW11G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW113) Green XB5AW13G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW133) 110–120 Vac Red XB5AW14G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW143) Yellow XB5AW15G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW153) Blue XB5AW16G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW163) For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: XB5APVB1 (24 V) to XB5APVM1 (240 Vac only)) For bulb information, refer to page 19-61 113.00 113.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 19-44 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.127: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number Flush, without color cap a — ZB5AA0 11.00 Flush, with set of 6 color caps 6 colors b ZB5AA9 13.00 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Gray White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AA1 ZB5AA2 ZB5AA3 ZB5AA4 ZB5AA5 ZB5AA6 ZB5AA8 ZB5AA18 ZB5AA38 ZB5AA48 ZB5AA58 ZB5AA68 ZB5AL1 ZB5AL2 ZB5AL3 ZB5AL4 ZB5AL5 ZB5AL6 ZB5APA1 ZB5APA2 ZB5APA3 ZB5APA4 ZB5APA5 ZB5APA6 ZB5AP1 ZB5AP2 ZB5AP3 ZB5AP4 ZB5AP5 ZB5AP6 ZB5AP1S ZB5AP2S ZB5AP3S ZB5AP4S ZB5AP5S ZB5AP6S ZB5AP18 ZB5AP38 ZB5AP48 ZB5AP58 ZB5AP68 ZB5AA14 ZB5AA24 ZB5AA34 ZB5AA44 ZB5AA54 ZB5AA64 ZB5CA1 ZB5CA2 ZB5CA3 ZB5CA4 ZB5CA5 ZB5CA6 ZB5CL1 ZB5CL2 ZB5CL3 ZB5CL4 ZB5CL5 ZB5CL6 ZB5 AA16 ZB5 AA26 ZB5 AA36 ZB5 AA46 ZB5 AA56 ZB5 AA66 ZB5 CA16 ZB5 CA26 ZB5 CA36 ZB5 CA46 ZB5 CA56 ZB5 CA66 Flush Flush with transparent cap, for insertion of legend c ZB5AA5 Extended Booted Flush (clear) Cap color unobscured ZB5AL3 Booted Extended (clear) Cap color unobscured Booted (colored) Cap color unobscured Booted (clear) for insertion of legend c Cap color unobscured ZB5AP1 Flush Plunger (with high guard) Flush ZB5CA2 Extended Heads only Recessed (high guard) Heads only Recessed (high guard) a b c 13.00 16.00 13.00 25.80 25.80 25.80 29.00 32.20 27.00 27.00 32.20 Order color cap separately, see page 19-60. Six colored caps included with head (white, black, green, red, yellow, blue). For legend ordering information see page 19-60. Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AA0 $ Price 19 Shape of Head 19-45 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.128: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked Shape of Head Type of Push Marking Text T Color White Black White Black White Black White O White STOP White OFF White I START ON ZB5AA331 Flush ZB5AA432 Extended a Catalog Number Green White Green White Green White Green Red Black Red Black Red Black White ZB5AA331 ZB5AA131 ZB5AA333 ZB5AA133 ZB5AA341 ZB5AA141 ZB5AA345 ZB5AA432 ZB5AA232 ZB5AA434 ZB5AA234 ZB5AA435 ZB5AA235 ZB5AA343 ZB5AA344 ZB5AA334 ZB5AA335 ZB5AL432 ZB5AL232 ZB5AL434 ZB5AL234 ZB5AL435 ZB5AL235 ZB5CA331 ZB5CA432 32.00 Catalog Number ZB5AC24 ZB5AC34 ZB5AC44 ZB5AC54 ZB5AC64 ZB5AC2 ZB5AC3 ZB5AC4 ZB5AC5 ZB5AC6 ZB5AR2 ZB5AR3 ZB5AR4 ZB5AR5 ZB5AR6 $ Price UP Black DOWN a White Black White O White STOP White OFF White I White Black White Black Red Black Red Black Red Black Green O White Red ZB5AL232 Flush Cap Color $ Price 18.60 18.60 32.00 Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: Table 19.129: Mushroom Heads, Momentary ZB5AC24 Shape of Head Diameter of Head 30 mm 19 40 mm PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AC2 60 mm Color of Head Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue 29.40 29.40 35.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 ZB5AR4 19-46 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.130: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Flush ZB5AH04 Extended Flush Catalog Number ZB5AH01 ZB5AH02 ZB5AH03 ZB5AH04 ZB5AH05 ZB5AH06 ZB5AH1 ZB5AH2 ZB5AH3 ZB5AH4 ZB5AH5 ZB5AH6 ZB5CH01 ZB5CH02 ZB5CH03 ZB5CH04 ZB5CH05 ZB5CH06 $ Price 17.60 17.60 35.20 Table 19.131: Two Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number ZB5AA7340 ZB5AA7120 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended $ Price 35.50 — Green Red ZB5AL7340 “I” “O” Green Red ZB5AA7341 “I” “O” White Black ZB5AL7341 Premarked ZB5AA7121 IP66 IP69K ZB5AA7121 39.50 One flush One extended “I” “O” Green Red Two flush without caps — — IP66 IP69K ZB5AA79 Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection Catalog Number “I” “II” “X” “V” “A” “E” “+” “-” “+” “-” “X” “V” “A” “E” “A” “E” Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green White White White Black White Black Black Black IP66 IP69K — — IP66 IP69K ZB5AL7341 Without caps 33.25 Table 19.132: Three Head Operators, Momentary ZB5AA73133 Two flush + one central projecting red push marked “Stop” Description Two flush $ Price ZB5AA73132 ZB5AA73133 ZB5AA73134 19 Shape of Head Premarked ZB5AA73135 ZB5AA71115 57.00 ZB5AA71123 ZB5AA71124 ZB5AA72124 Without caps Two flush without caps ZB5AA71124 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ZB5AA791 48.50 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-60 CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Two flush 19-47 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Emergency Stop Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.133: Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number $ Price Trigger action Push-pull b 40 mm Red ZB5AT84 54.00 30 mm Red ZB5AS834 112.00 40 mm Red ZB5AS844 112.00 30 mm Red ZB5AS934 112.00 40 mm Red ZB5AS944 a 112.00 112.00 ZB5AS844 Trigger action Turn-to-release b Trigger action Key release (No. 455) b ZB5AS934 60 mm 30 mm Push-pull 40 mm 60 mm ZB5AT4 30 mm Turn-to-release 40 mm 60 mm 30 mm ZB5AS54 Key release (No. 455) 40 mm 60 mm a 19 b Red ZB5AS964 Black ZB5AT24 Red ZB5AT44 Black ZB5AT2 Red ZB5AT4 Black Red Black Red Black Red Yellow Black Red Black Red Black Red Black Red ZB5AX2 ZB5AX4 ZB5AS42 ZB5AS44 ZB5AS52 ZB5AS54 ZB5AS55 ZB5AS62 ZB5AS64 ZB5AS72 ZB5AS74 ZB5AS12 ZB5AS14 a ZB5AS22 ZB5AS24 40.40 40.40 46.00 78.00 78.00 90.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a Ø 40 mm red mushroom head for a trigger action, maintained push button, with release by key no. 421E becomes: ZB5AS94412. Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). ZB5AS64 Table 19.134: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Diameter Text Blank EMERGENCY STOP Blank EMERGENCY STOP 60 mm 90 mm Catalog Number ZBY9101 ZBY9330 ZBY8101 ZBY8330 $ Price 3.40 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 ZBY9330 19-48 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.135: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches Color Number and Type of Positions $ Price Standard Lever a Extended Lever Catalog Number ZB5AD• Standard Lever ZB5AJX• Extended Lever a Black 2-maintained ZB5AD2 ZB5AJ2 24.00 Black 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AD4 ZB5AJ4 29.40 Black 3-maintained ZB5AD3 ZB5AJ3 24.00 Black 3-momentary to center ZB5AD5 ZB5AJ5 29.40 Black 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AD7 ZB5AJ7 29.40 Black 3-momentary from right to center ZB5AD8 ZB5AJ8 29.40 For colored lever, add the following code to the end of catalog number: 01—white, 03—green, 04—red, 05—yellow, 06—blue (Example: ZB5AD204). Table 19.136: Non-Illuminated Key Switches Type of Operator Catalog Number b Number and Type of Positions $ Price ZB5AG2 Key (No. 455) 2-maintained ZB5AG4 ZB5AG02 ZB5AG• 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AG6 ZB5AG0 90.00 ZB5AG3 3-maintained ZB5AG9 ZB5AG09 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AG1 3-momentary to center ZB5AG7 ZB5AG8 3-momentary from right to center PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s). b Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. —key no. 8D1: add the suffix D to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, becomes: ZB5AG212 ZB5AG5 116.00 ZB5AG08 ZB5AG05 19 Table 19.137: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 315° 45° 315° 45° 0° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location Contacts N/O L C R L C R L C R L C R L C O O O X X X X X O O O O O X X X X O O O O O X X X X X O O N/C X Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed R Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-49 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Specialty Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.138: Reset Operators Shape of Head Flush Actuation Distance in Text mm Color Catalog Number O R Green Red Blue Red Blue Green Red Blue Red Blue XB5AA831 XB5AA841 XB5AA861 XB5AA84101 XB5AA86102 XB5AA832 XB5AA842 XB5AA862 XB5AA84201 XB5AA86202 $ Price Adjustable Shafta Without 0.67–4.72 17–120 O R Without 4.72–10.12 120–257 XB5AA 37.60 45.40 45.40 43.40 50.00 50.00 Extended a 0.67–4.72 17–120 O Red XB5AL84101 45.40 4.72–10.12 120–257 O Red XB5AL84201 50.00 Shaft only (short) is W40437632 (Price = $20.00) Table 19.139: Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar) Shape of Head Description For potentiometer with shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in. (44 to 50 mm) (potentiometer not included) Application Catalog Number For shaft Ø 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ZB5AD922 For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB5AD912 $ Price 142.00 Table 19.140: Joystick (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) b Description Contact Operation 2 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 4 direction b Action Catalog Number Maintained XD5PA12 Momentary XD5PA22 Maintained XD5PA14 Momentary XD5PA24 $ Price 250.00 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 316.00 Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10• (single) or ZBE20• (double) 19 Table 19.141: Legends for Joystick Description For use with Catalog Number Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse XD5PA12 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Legends 30 x 48 mm for engraving 2 direction Legends 48 x 48 mm for engraving 4 direction $ Price ZBG2201 ZBG2401 3.40 ZBG4201 ZBG4401 Table 19.142: Hour Counters c Characteristics XB5DS• Indication 0–9999.9 (IP40 NEMA 1) Supply Voltage 12–24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz 120 Vac, 60 Hz 230–240 Vac, 50 Hz Catalog Number XB5DSB XB5DSG XB5DSM $ Price Supply Voltage 24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz 120 Vac, 60 Hz 230–240 Vac, 50 Hz Catalog Number XB5KSB XB5KSG XB5KSM $ Price $ Price 383.00 Table 19.143: Buzzer c Characteristics 85 db buzzer:4kHz, continuous or intermittent (IP40 NEMA 1) XB5KS• c 183.00 UR E191025, XHNR2 and XHNR8. Table 19.144: Two Position Toggle Switch Shape of Head Color Type of Positions Catalog Number Black Maintained ZB5AD28 Black Momentary ZB5AD48 46.60 ZB5AD28 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 19-50 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.145: Pilot Light Heads Shape of Head For use with Body Comprising Light Module Type Protected LED™ only ZB5AV053 Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b ZB5AV01 For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled) lens b Protected LED only ZB5CV063 a b Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Amber Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Amber Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AV013 ZB5AV033 ZB5AV043 ZB5AV053 ZB5AV063 ZB5AV013S ZB5AV033S ZB5AV043S ZB5AV053S ZB5AV063S ZB5AV01 ZB5AV03 ZB5AV04 ZB5AV05 ZB5AV06 ZB5AV07 ZB5AV01S ZB5AV03S ZB5AV04S ZB5AV05S ZB5AV06S ZB5AV07S ZB5CV013 ZB5CV033 ZB5CV043 ZB5CV053 ZB5CV063 $ Price 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60 27.00 For use in bright ambient conditions (i.e., sunlight). Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120. 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-51 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.146: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED) Description Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number $ Price Screw clamp terminal connections Direct supply Direct supply Direct supply BA9s bulb 2.4 W max. Not included a BA9s incandescent bulb included BA9s incandescent bulb included ZB5AV6 Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary a BA9s incandescent bulb included <250 ZB5AV6 38.60 24 V 2 W ZB5AV624 49.20 120 V 2.4 W ZB5AV6120 49.20 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 400–50 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 550–600 Vac 60 Hz ZB5AV3 ZB5AV4 ZB5AV5 98.00 ZB5AV8 ZB5AV9 Order bulb separately, see page 19-61. Table 19.147: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) bc Light Source ZB5AV3 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AV•• 19-52 Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price Screw clamp terminal connections White ZB5AVJ1 Green ZB5AVJ3 12 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVJ4 Yellow ZB5AVJ5 Blue ZB5AVJ6 White ZB5AVB1 Green ZB5AVB3 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVB4 Yellow ZB5AVB5 Blue ZB5AVB6 White ZB5AVBG1 Green ZB5AVBG3 24–120 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVBG4 Yellow ZB5AVBG5 Blue ZB5AVBG6 White ZB5AVG1 Green ZB5AVG3 110–120 Vac Red ZB5AVG4 Yellow ZB5AVG5 Blue ZB5AVG6 White ZB5AV18B1 Green ZB5AV18B3 Flashing 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AV18B4 Yellow ZB5AV18B5 Blue ZB5AV18B6 White ZB5AV18G1 Green ZB5AV18G3 110–120 Vac Red ZB5AV18G4 Yellow ZB5AV18G5 Blue ZB5AV18G6 b For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB5AVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). c For 240 V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: ZB5AVB1 (24V) to ZB5AVM1 (240V)) CS2 Discount Schedule 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 66.00 66.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.148: Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW313 ZB5AW333 ZB5AW343 ZB5AW353 ZB5AW363 ZB5AW513 ZB5AW533 ZB5AW543 ZB5AW553 ZB5AW563 ZB5AA18 ZB5AA38 ZB5AA48 ZB5AA58 ZB5AA68 ZB5AW113 ZB5AW133 ZB5AW143 ZB5AW153 ZB5AW163 ZB5CW313 ZB5CW333 ZB5CW343 ZB5CW353 ZB5CW363 ZB5CW113 ZB5CW133 ZB5CW143 ZB5CW153 ZB5CW163 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZB5AW31 ZB5AW33 ZB5AW34 ZB5AW35 ZB5AW36 ZB5AW37 ZB5AW11 ZB5AW13 ZB5AW14 ZB5AW15 ZB5AW16 ZB5AW17 Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AH013 ZB5AH033 ZB5AH043 ZB5AH053 ZB5AH063 ZB5AH13 ZB5AH33 ZB5AH43 ZB5AH53 ZB5AH63 $ Price Only use with Protected LED™ light modules Flush ZB5AW313 Flush with clear boot Flush for insertion of legend ZB5AW363 Extended Flush for insertion of legend ZB5AW143 Extended 18.60 31.00 16.00 13.00 27.00 27.00 Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED ZB5CW313 Extended 18.60 13.00 Table 19.149: Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB5AW33 Flush 19.60 19 Extended 24.80 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Flush Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-53 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.150: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary Shape of Head Description Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection Catalog Number — Green Red — White Black — Green Red ZB5AW7L3740 “I” “O” Green Red ZB5AW7A3741 “I” “O” White Black ZB5AW7A1721 “I” “O” Green Red $ Price No Marking Two flush One flush One extended ZB5AW7A3740 ZB5AW7A1720 IP66 IP69K 45.60 Premarked Two flush One flush One extended ZB5AW7A3741 ZB5AW7l3741 IP66 IP69K ZB5AW7A1721 49.50 Two flush “A” “E” White Black ZB5AW7A1724 Two flush “+” “-” White Black ZB5AW7A1715 Two flush without caps — — Without caps IP66 IP69K ZB5AW7A9 42.75 Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW713 ZB5AW733 ZB5AW743 ZB5AW753 ZB5AW763 Table 19.151: Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Only use with Protected LED light modules Turn-to-Release Mushroom (40 mm) 63.00 19 Table 19.152: Emergency Stop, Trigger Action and Mechanical Latching Push Button with Mechanical State Indicator for Elevator Inspection Box Applications—Heads Only Shape of Head ZB5AW7• PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type of Reset Color Catalog Number $ Price Push-pull (40 mm) Red ZB5AT8643M 124.00 Catalog Number d $ Price NOTE: ZB5AT8643M not to be used with ZBZ16* guard. Table 19.153: Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever Shape of Head Number and Type of Positions Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB5AT8643M ZB5AK1213 d 2-maintained ZB5AK12d3 35.00 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AK14d3 51.00 3-maintained ZB5AK13d3 35.00 3-momentary to center ZB5AK15d3 51.00 3-momentary from right to center ZB5AK18d3 51.00 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AK17d3 51.00 Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue Table 19.154: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 45 315° ZB5AK1463 0° 315° 45° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location L N/O O N/C X Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed Contacts C O X R O X L X O C X O R X O L X O C X O R O X L O X C O X R O X L O X C X O R X O Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-60 19-54 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: For the Quick-Connect version, add the numeral 3 to the end of the catalog number. Example: ZB5AZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). Table 19.155: Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) abc Type of Contact Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB5AZ101 — 1 ZB5AZ102 2 — ZB5AZ103 Screw clamp terminal connections — 2 ZB5AZ104 1 1 ZB5AZ105 1 2 ZB5AZ141 a For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB5AZ1029). b Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information. c Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information. Description ZB5AZ101 $ Price 22.00 22.00 38.20 38.20 38.20 55.00 Table 19.156: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™) Type of Contact e Supply Voltage d Light Source Color N.O. 24 Vac/Vdc N.C. 110–120 Vac $ Price Catalog Number Screw clamp terminal connections ZB5AW0••1 d 1 — — 1 2 — 1 1 White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW0B11 ZB5AW0B31 ZB5AW0B41 ZB5AW0B51 ZB5AW0B61 ZB5AW0B12 ZB5AW0B32 ZB5AW0B42 ZB5AW0B52 ZB5AW0B62 ZB5AW0B13 ZB5AW0B33 ZB5AW0B43 ZB5AW0B53 ZB5AW0B63 ZB5AW0B15 ZB5AW0B35 ZB5AW0B45 ZB5AW0B55 ZB5AW0B65 ZB5AW0G11 ZB5AW0G31 ZB5AW0G41 ZB5AW0G51 ZB5AW0G61 ZB5AW0G12 ZB5AW0G32 ZB5AW0G42 ZB5AW0G52 ZB5AW0G62 ZB5AW0G13 ZB5AW0G33 ZB5AW0G43 ZB5AW0G53 ZB5AW0G63 ZB5AW0G15 ZB5AW0G35 ZB5AW0G45 ZB5AW0G55 ZB5AW0G65 73.00 73.00 90.00 90.00 For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB5AW0B11 (24 V) to ZB5AW0M11 (240 V)) Supply Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact e N.O. N.C. Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — — — — — — — — — — ZB5AW061 ZB5AW062 ZB5AW063 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW031 ZB5AW035 ZB5AW041 ZB5AW045 ZB5AW081 ZB5AW085 55.00 55.00 71.00 71.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW035 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1 — 2 1 1 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 Transformer type BA9s 1 230–240 Vac 1.2 VA, 6 V incandescent 50/60 Hz 1 secondary bulb included 1 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 1 e Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-56. f Order bulb separately, see page 19-61. Direct supply BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb Not included f < 250 Vac/Vdc CS2 Discount Schedule 19 Screw clamp terminal connections PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.157: Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) e 19-55 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.158: Body/Mounting Collar For use with Electrical block (contact or light module) Catalog Number ZB5AZ009 $ Price 5.40 Table 19.159: Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Type of Contact Description ZB5AZ009 N.O. 1 — 2 — 1 1 — 1 — Standard single contact blocksab Standard double contact blocksab Special contact blocks for low-power switching c Catalog Number $ Price ZBE101 ZBE102 ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205 ZBE1016 ZBE1026 ZBE1016P ZBE1026P Dusty environment c (IP5X, 50 µm dust) Early make 1 – ZBE201 N/O Late break — 1 ZBE202 N/C Staggered contacts Overlapping 1 1 ZB4BZ106 N/O+N/C Staggered — 2 ZB4BZ107 N/O+N/O a For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1013) (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). b For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029). c Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks. Low-power switching ZBE101 N.C. — 1 — 2 1 — 1 — 1 16.40 16.40 33.20 33.20 33.20 32.80 32.80 32.80 32.80 16.40 16.40 32.80 32.80 Table 19.160: Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections)de ZBE203 Description Supply Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 19 24–120 Vac/Vdc PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZBVB• 230–240 Vac Color of Light Source White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZBVJ1 ZBVJ3 ZBVJ4 ZBVJ5 ZBVJ6 ZBVB1 ZBVB3 ZBVB4 ZBVB5 ZBVB6 ZBVG1 ZBVG3 ZBVG4 ZBVG5 ZBVG6 ZBVBG1 ZBVBG3 ZBVBG4 ZBVBG5 ZBVBG6 ZBVM1 ZBVM3 ZBVM4 ZBVM5 ZBVM6 $ Price 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 Direct supply for BA9s — ZBV6 < 250 Vac/Vdc (2.4 W max. bulb not included—see page 19-61) d Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. e Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. 19-56 CS2 Discount Schedule 33.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Spring Terminal Products Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.161: Spring Terminal Products for XB5 22 mm Push Buttons Body/Mounting Collar For Use With Catalog Number Contact block or light module ZB5AZ009 ZB5AZ009 $ Price 5.40 Contact Blocks a Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications Description Type of Contact Catalog Number N/O Single Contact blocks Single with body/mounting collar ZBE1015 $ Price N/C 1 – ZBE1015 18.00 – 1 ZBE1025 18.00 1 – ZB5AZ1015 24.00 – 1 ZB5AZ1025 24.00 2 – ZB5AZ1035 42.00 – 2 ZB5AZ1045 42.00 1 1 ZB5AZ1055 42.00 Light Modules a Spring Terminal Connections Supply Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc ZB5AZ1015 Integral LED (to combine with heads for integral LED) 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 230–240 Vac Catalog Number $ Price ZBVJ15 57.00 Green ZBVJ35 57.00 Red ZBVJ45 57.00 Orange ZBVJ55 57.00 Blue ZBVJ65 57.00 White ZBVB15 57.00 Green ZBVB35 57.00 Red ZBVB45 57.00 Orange ZBVB55 57.00 Blue ZBVB65 57.00 White ZBVG15 57.00 Green ZBVG35 57.00 Red ZBVG45 57.00 Orange ZBVG55 57.00 Blue ZBVG65 57.00 White ZBVM15 57.00 Green ZBVM35 57.00 Red ZBVM45 57.00 Orange ZBVM55 57.00 Blue ZBVM65 57.00 Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules. 19 a Color of Light Source White PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-57 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legend Holders Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.162: Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends Description Without legend insert a With blank legend insert (for engraving) Custom legend plate and insert (specify engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Legend Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background ZBZ32 With international language marked legend Black or red backgroundb ZBY•101 Black or red backgroundb ZBY2303 With English language marked legend 19 ZBZ33 ZBY610• PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a b Text — — — White White Black Black O (black background) O (red background) I II O-I I-II I-O-II AUTO AUTO-HAND AUTO-O-HAND CLOSE DOWN EMERGENCY STOP FAST FORWARD FOR-REV HAND HAND-OFF-AUTO INCH JOG LEFT OFF OFF-ON ON OPEN POWER ON RESET (red background) RESET (black background) REVERSE RIGHT RUN SLOW START STOP STOP-START UP Catalog Number $ Price 2.00 ZBZ32 ZBY2101 ZBY4101 ZBY2002 ZBY2004 ZBY4001 ZBY4005 ZBY2146 ZBY2931 ZBY2147 ZBY2148 ZBY2178 ZBY2179 ZBY2186 ZBY2115 ZBY2364 ZBY2385 ZBY2314 ZBY2308 ZBY2330 ZBY2328 ZBY2305 ZBY2371 ZBY2316 ZBY2387 ZBY2321 ZBY2382 ZBY2310 ZBY2312 ZBY2367 ZBY2311 ZBY2313 ZBY2326 ZBY2323 ZBY2322 ZBY2306 ZBY2309 ZBY2334 ZBY2327 ZBY2303 ZBY2304 ZBY2366 ZBY2307 3.40 14.20 3.40 3.40 For legends, see page 19-59. Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). Table 19.163: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends ZBZ34 ZBY•H101 Description c Without legend insert For use with Circular and square heads With blank legend insert Circular and square heads Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Catalog Number ZBZ33 ZBY6101 ZBY6102 $ Price 2.00 3.40 Table 19.164: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends Description c Color Without legend — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend Catalog Number $ Price 2.00 ZBZ34 ZBY2H101 ZBY4H101 3.40 Table 19.165: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends ZBZ35 Description c Color Without legend — With blank legend Black or red background ZBY6H101 White or yellow background ZBY6H102 ZBY6H10• c 19-58 Catalog Number ZBZ35 $ Price 4.20 5.40 For custom legends, please see page 19-59 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legends, Inserts Only Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.166: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32) Color ZBY02178 ZBY02303 Marking Text Catalog Number O (black background) ZBY02146 O (red background) ZBY02931 I ZBY02147 International II ZBY02148 O-I ZBY02178 I-II ZBY02179 I-O-II ZBY02186 AUTO ZBY02115 AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 CLOSE ZBY02314 DOWN ZBY02308 EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330 English FAST ZBY02328 FORWARD ZBY02305 FOR-REV ZBY02371 HAND ZBY02316 HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387 Black or red backgrounda INCH ZBY02321 JOG ZBY02382 LEFT ZBY02310 OFF ZBY02312 OFF-ON ZBY02367 ON ZBY02311 OPEN ZBY02313 POWER ON ZBY02326 RESET (red background) ZBY02323 RESET (black background) ZBY02322 REVERSE ZBY02306 RIGHT ZBY02309 RUN ZBY02334 SLOW ZBY02327 START ZBY02303 STOP ZBY02304 STOP-START ZBY02366 UP ZBY02307 a Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). $ Price 1.70 1.70 Table 19.167: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only) For use with 8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Color Black or red background White or yellow background Black or red background White or yellow background Text Color White Black White Black Catalog Number ZBY0101 ZBY0102 ZBY5101 ZBY5102 $ Price Color Black background Red background White background Text Color White White Black Catalog Number ZBY01002 ZBY01004 ZBY01001 $ Price Yellow background Black ZBY01005 Black background Red background White background White White Black ZBY05002 ZBY05004 ZBY05001 Yellow background Black ZBY05005 1.70 Table 19.168: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For use with 30 x 40 mm legend holders 30 x 50 mm legend holders 12.20 12.20 19 Description 8 x 27 mm Custom legend/insert only (specify engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot” 18 x 27 mm Custom legend/insert only (specify engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot” PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description CS2 Discount Schedule 19-59 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.169: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights Description Marking Blank–Round Blank–Square legends Text O I II III STOP International Sheets of 66 circular peel-off transparent selfadhesive legends Catalog Number ZBY1101 ZBCY1101 ZBY1146 ZBY1147 ZBY1148 ZBY1149 ZBY1304 $ Price 6.20 6.20 10.40 ZBY1912 ZBY1101 SiS Label Software HAND OFF English ON START Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian ZBY1316 ZBY1312 ZBY1311 ZBY1303 XBY2U 10.40 104.00 Table 19.170: Push Button Caps—Unmarked For use with Type of Push Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a Flush ZBA• ZB5AA0 push button heads Extended Catalog Number ZBA1 ZBA2 ZBA3 ZBA4 ZBA5 ZBA6 ZBA9 ZBL1 ZBL2 ZBL3 ZBL4 ZBL5 ZBL6 ZBL9 $ Price 2.00 4.20 2.00 4.20 ZBL• Table 19.171: Push Button Caps—Marked For use with Marking Type of Push Text 19 Ib START b ON PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE UP b DOWNb Cap Color Catalog Number Green White Green White Green White White Black ZBA331 ZBA131 ZBA333 ZBA133 ZBA341 ZBA141 ZBA343 ZBA344 White Green ZBA345 White Black ZBA245 White Green ZBA346 Black White ZBA334c White Black ZBA335c Red Black Red Black Red Black Blue ZBA432 ZBA232 ZBA434 ZBA234 ZBA435 ZBA235 ZBA639 Color White Black White Black White Black Black White $ Price b ZBA•33 ZB5AA0 push button heads a b c 19-60 Flush Ob White STOPb White OFF White Rb White Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue. Double injection molded marking. Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: CS2 Discount Schedule 4.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.172: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsb For use with ZBA7235 Type of Push Marking Unmarked “I” black “V” black “+” black Unmarked “O” white “+” white “V” white “I” white Unmarked “I” white “+” white “A” white “II” white Unmarked “O” white Unmarked Unmarked Assorted ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Double push button heads Tripe push button heads ZB4RZA0 ZB5RZA0 ZBA79 a b Flush Cap Color Catalog Number ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 ZBA79 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 10 colorsc $ Price 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 3.00 Sold in lots of 10. Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on black background. Table 19.173: Accessories m imu min um mm xim Ø 6 m ma m Ø8 Padlocking kit Conforming to EN / ISO 13850 e (See legends below) ZBZ3605 Ø6 Metal guards Padlockable ZBZ160• Plastic guardsd Padlockable flaps Color Catalog Number $ Price Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00 Chromium Plated Black Red Yellow ZBZ1600 ZBZ1602 ZBZ1604 ZBZ1605 108.00 Blue ZBZ1606 Yellow ZB4BZ1905 Yellow ZB4BZ2005 Yellow ZB4BZ2105 Black Red Black Black Black — — — Color Yellow Yellow ZB4BZ62 ZB4BZ64 ZB5SZ3 ZB5SZ5 ZB5AZ31 ZB5AZ901 ZB5AZ905 ZB5AZ902 Catalog Number ZBY9101T ZBY9330T For push buttons Plastic blanking plug, roundc Plastic blanking plug, squarec Square insert Mounting nut Tool Plate Description ZB4BZ6• ZB4SZ3 Application For Emergency Stop function only, with the following Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB5AT8• XB5AS8• XB5AS9• ZB5AT8• ZB5AS8• ZB5AS9• For Emergency stop function only with the following Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB5AT8• XB5AS8• XB5AS9• ZB5AT8• (except ZB5AT8643M) ZB5AS8• ZB5AS9• Round Guard for ZB5AS5430 EMO Mushroom Operators Narrow Flange Guard for ZB5AS5430 or ZB5AS84430 EMO Mushroom Operatorsf Trigger Action Guard for ZB5AS84430 EMO Mushroom Operators ZB5SZ3 For Ø22 mm units with round heads For Ø22 mm units with square heads To give square appearance to ZB5A round heads Operator For tightening mounting nut ZB5AZ901 Anti-rotation of head Marking Without Ø60 mm Legend for padlocking device ZBZ3605 EMERGENCY STOP c Mounting nut included with blanking plug. d For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06. e Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above. f Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm. 25.80 32.80 11.00 11.00 2.00 4.40 12.40 2.00 $ Price 3.40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Description DLCE••• DL1CF••• Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent Neon bulbs XBFX13 ZBZ8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Bulb extractor Lens cap tightening tool Power driver bits for mounting and wiring (package of 5) Mounting Adapter Characteristics 6 V, 1.2 W 12 V, 2 W 24 V, 2 W 120–130 V, 2.4 W 120–130 V 230–240 V — Illuminated push buttons with flush push Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE130 DL1CF110 DL1CF220 XBFX13 ZBZ8 Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00 ZBZ41 10.40 For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm knockout CS2 Discount Schedule $ Price 11.00 15.20 11.00 6.20 19-61 19 Table 19.174: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.175: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a ZBZ•8 Description For use with Bellows Seals for harsh environments (Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning) XB5 plastic mushroom head push button a, Ø40 mm or Ø60 mm a Color & Material Red Silicone Black EPDM Yellow EPDM Sold in Lots of Catalog Number 2 ZBZ48 2 ZBZ28 2 ZBZ58 $ Price 12.40 Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T. Table 19.176: Boot for standard selector switch handle ZBDD2 Description Boot for standard handle For use with ZB5A•• Catalog Number ZBDD2 $ Price 12.40 Catalog Number ZBG455 ZBG421E ZBG458A ZBG520E ZBG3131A ZBG455P ZBG421EP ZBG458AP ZBG520EP ZBG3131AP $ Price Table 19.177: Replacement Keys Description Key Number 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A Set of 2 keys ZBG455 ZBG455P Set of 2 keys, One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot) 11.00 23.40 Table 19.178: Clear Boots Description Single boots Double boots Triple boot ZBP0 For use with Booted push buttons with circular head Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications Double-headed push buttons, two flush Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting Material Catalog Number ZBP0 ZBP0A ZBA708 ZBA709 ZBA710 $ Price 12.40 12.40 10.80 10.80 10.80 Catalog Number ZB2 BP012 ZB2 BP013 ZB2 BP014 ZB2 BP015 ZB2 BP016 $ Price Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBV0113 ZBV0133 ZBV0143 ZBV0153 ZBV0163 ZBW9113 ZBW9133 ZBW9143 ZBW9153 ZBW9163 ZBW9313 ZBW9333 ZBW9343 ZBW9353 ZBW9363 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZBV011 ZBV013 ZBV014 ZBV015 ZBV016 ZBV017 ZBW911 ZBW913 ZBW914 ZBW915 ZBW916 ZBW917 ZBW931 ZBW933 ZBW934 ZBW935 ZBW936 ZBW937 White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBCV0113 ZBCV0133 ZBCV0143 ZBCV0153 ZBCV0163 ZBCW9113 ZBCW9133 ZBCW9143 ZBCW9153 ZBCW9163 ZBCW9313 ZBCW9333 ZBCW9343 ZBCW9353 ZBCW9363 Silicone Table 19.179: Colored boots Description Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue Single boot (can be replaced without dismantling the head) 13.00 19 Table 19.180: Lens Caps For use with Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules ZBA709 Pilot lights PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push ZBV01•3 Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push Square lens caps for Protected LED light modules (ZB5C operators only) Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push 19-62 5.40 5.40 Circular lens caps for BA9s light modules Pilot lights ZBV01• 5.40 CS2 Discount Schedule 5.40 5.40 5.40 9.40 9.40 9.40 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.181: Ready-to-use Packsa Description Packs include: - 1 push button/transmitter - 1 receiver The push button and receiver are factory-pairedb Packs include: - 1 push button/transmitter in handy boxe - 1 receiver The push button and receiver are factory-pairedb Transmitter Type Ø 22 mm plastic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm metallic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm plastic head Ø 22 mm metallic head Ø 22 mm plastic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm metallic head + 1 operator head Voltage Receiver V Receiver Type a/c 24 to 240 Programmable receiver with: - 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac c 24 a/c 24 to 240 Non-programmable receiver with: - 1 relay output type RT 3Ad Programmable receiver with: - 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac XB5RMA04 590.00 c 24 Non-programmable receiver with: - 1 relay output type RT 3Ad XB5RMB03 290.00 Catalog Number $ Price ZBRT1 110.00 Catalog Number $ Price XB5RFA02 510.00 XB4RFA02 510.00 XB5RFB01 XB4RFB01 210.00 210.00 Table 19.182: Transmitter Components for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Type of Push Cap Color – – Plastic Metal Without caph Without caph White Black Green Green with white “I” Red Red with white “O” Yellow Blue White Black Green Green with white “I” Red Red with white “O” Yellow Blue Plastic ZBRT1 Wireless, batteryless push buttons including: - a transmitter fitted with mounting collar - a spring return push button head with clipped-in capi Metal ZB4RZA0 a b c d e f g h i ZB5RZA0 ZB4RZA0 ZB5RTA1 ZB5RTA2 ZB5RTA3 ZB5RTA331 ZB5RTA4 ZB5RTA432 ZB5RTA5 ZB5RTA6 ZB4RTA1 ZB4RTA2 ZB4RTA3 ZB4RTA331 ZB4RTA4 ZB4RTA432 ZB4RTA5 ZB4RTA6 18.60 130.00 130.00 Wireless and batteryless push button and receiver, factory-paired. For additional components, these devices can be field-paired. Supplied with output function set to momentary. Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop. Non-programmable momentary output function. Supplied with a magnet. Mounting collar ZB5AZ009 (plastic) or ZB4BZ009 (metal) to be ordered separately. Only heads ZB4RZA0 and ZB5RZA0 are mechanically compatible. Cap to be ordered separately: see Table 19.184 on page 19-64. This cap is fitted by Schneider Electric and cannot be removed (risk of damage). PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XB5RFA02 Description Transmitter for wireless, batteryless push buttonsf g Spring return push button heads for transmitter ZBRT1 19 ZB5RTA4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-63 22 mm Push Buttons Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.183: Programmable Receivers Description Output Type 4 PNP outputs, 200 mA / 24 V Programmable receivers equipped with: - 2 buttons (“Scroll-through”, “Ok”) - 6 indicating LEDs (power ON, outputs, signal strength) 2 relay outputs type RT 3Aa Voltage Receiver V Catalog Number $ Price c 24 ZBRRC 430.00 a/c 24 to 240 ZBRRA 430.00 Catalog Number $ Price Table 19.184: Caps for Harmony Push Button Heads ZB5RZA0 and ZB4RZA0 ZBRRA ZBA7235 Description ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Sets of 10 different colored caps with identical markingb Set of 10 different colored caps with different markingsb ZBA79 Background Color Marking Sold in lots of 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Without “I” (black) White “A” (black) “+” (black) Without “O” (white) Black “+” (white) “R” (white) “I” (white) Without “I” (white) Green “+” (white) “Z” white “II” (white) Without Red “O” (white) Yellow Without Blue Without White, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on 10 black background ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 ZBA79 3.00 Table 19.185: Boxes for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Description For use with: Marking Sold in lots of Handy box, plastic, empty c d Mobile wireless,batteryless push buttons Mounted or on-board wireless,batteryless push buttons 1 cut-out 1 cut-out 2 cut-outs 1 1 1 Empty enclosures e Catalog Number ZBRM01 XALD01H7 XALD02H7 $ Price 80.00 32.80 38.20 19 Table 19.186: Accessories Description PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZBRM01 For use with: Marking a/c 24 to 240 V - 5m cable Between transmitter and receiver, used to External antenna f power-ON LED increase the range and/or get around obstacles -- 1 2 LEDs reception/transmission Plastic Mounting collar – Metal Legend plate, 27 x 8 mm, Self-adhesive, blank, For adhering to handy box ZBRM01 for engraving black background a Supplied with output function set to momentary Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop. b Cap can be clipped-in at 90° steps, through 360°. c Cannot be used for wired contacts (no cable gland outlet). d Supplied with a magnet. e Box equipped with cable gland outlets, compatible with Harmony ZB5 push button heads. f Not wired to the receiver. Sold in lots of Catalog Number $ Price 1 ZBRA1 170.00 10 10 ZB5AZ009 ZB4BZ009 5.40 5.40 10 ZBY0101T 1.70 XALD02H7 ZBRA1 19-64 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Biometric Switches The fingerprint-reading biometric switch is designed for use in industry to restrict access to systems or machines. No interface is required to program or operate the switch: it is an independent unit. Two types of products are available: • • Maintained biometric switches, Type XB5S1B, with two fixed states Momentary biometric switches, Type XB5S2B, with pulse output The biometric switch is aimed at two types of users: • • The administrator who manages the registration and deletion of fingerprints The operator who, once registered, uses the product as a control unit The product is of monolithic design (a single plastic housing) and is mounted by a nut (hand-tightened without the need for tools) in a standard 22 mm diameter hole. It operates on a 24 Vdc supply. The product connects to the power supply and to the control output (relay or PLC) with a 2 meter cable or with an M12 connector. It can be installed on a flat, horizontal, or vertical surface. Two protective covers are available (see table below) • • One to protect the active face of the sensing screen. This cover is attached with a self-adhesive hinge One made of 12 gauge stainless steel — designed to cover the entire switch — which protects the entire switch from the outdoor environment (rain, sleet, snow, sunlight, UV protection). It also gives some protection from someone trying to break into the switch Description The product consists of a dark gray housing, with the following on its front face: • • XB5 S•B•••• • • • • A sensing screen (1) that allows the registration of fingerprints and subsequent recognition of the registered fingerprints A green LED output state indicator (2), which illuminates when the output is activated (N.O. solid state contact) An orange LED (3), indicating an administrator’s Registration mode An orange LED (4), indicating an operator’s Registration mode A red Reset LED (5), which indicates in Delete mode that the administrator is deleting all or part of the memory A red LED (6) which flashes to indicate an unrecognized fingerprint or incorrect operation Description Output Maintained biometric switch, 24 Vdc PNP Momentary biometric switch, 24 Vdc with 0.5 s output pulse PNP Connection Catalog Number $ Price XB5S1B2L2 580.00 XB5S1B2M12 595.00 XB5S2B2L2 580.00 XB5S2B2M12 595.00 2 m cable M12 connector 2 m cable M12 connector Table 19.188: Accessories Description ZB5 SZ70 Function Catalog Number $ Price Protective cover, translucent and self-adhesive Protection of the sensing screen ZB5SZ70 10.00 Mounting nut, Ø 22 mm Replacement part ZB5SZ71 6.00 ZBY0101T 1.70 ZBZ41 10.40 ZB5SZ72 220.00 Legend plate, 28 x 7 mm, self-adhesive, blank, with black background, for engraving Stainless-steel protective cover Protects switch from outside elements and vandalism 19 Mounting adapter Allows this product to mount in a 30 mm mounting hole PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.187: Complete Units ZB5SZ72 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-65 22 mm Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.189: Biometric Switch Specifications Biometric Switch, Types XB5S1B•••• and XB5S2B•••• Product certifications UL, CSA, Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Electric shock resistance Connection method Materials IEC 61000-6-2 / IEC 61000-6-4 Conforming to EN/IEC 60529 IP 65, NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 12 Storage -25 to +70°C Operation -5 to +50°C Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 1 gn, 9 to 500 Hz. Amplitude 3 mm, 5 to 9 Hz Conforming to IEC60068-2-27 50 gn, duration 11 ms Cable Length: 2 m, 3-wire, pre-wired Connector M12 Housing Polyamide PA66 Cable PvR 3 x 0.34 mm2 Memory capacity 200 records (100 users, operators, or administrators, each registering 2 fingerprints) Output state indicator Green LED Short-circuit protection By gG fuse, 250 mA Rated supply voltage 24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits (including ripple) 20–30 Vdc Switching capacity < 200 mA with protection against overloads and short-circuits Residual voltage, closed state <1V No-load current consumption < 50 mA First-up Delays <2s Response time <1s Recovery time <1s NOTE: Momentary switch has 0.5 s output pulse. Figure 19.1: Connector M12 4 1 3 Connections 1 (+) 3 (-) 4 Output Cable BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black PNP BN / 1 P N P BK / 4 + 2 BU / 3 Dimensions e 39 . 7 1. 56 69 . 3 2 .7 3 Ø2 2 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 38. 8 1. 53 42 . 3 1. 67 XB5 Biometric Switch 54 2 . 13 19 Figure 19.2: D im. = e = 1 to 6 mm (0.04 to 0.24 in.) mm in. Stainless-Steel Cover 4. 87 5 12 3. 82 2 . 7 30 69 . 34 0. 057 1. 45 1. 09 8 2 7 . 89 3. 12 4 7 9 . 35 1. 680 42 . 67 3. 87 5 9 8. 42 1. 09 8 2 7 . 89 0. 312 7 .9 2 19-66 4. 12 4 104. 7 5 Back view (for mounting) 1. 07 2 2 7 .2 3 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.190: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless otherwise noted. Full Guard 9001KR1B No Guard 9001KR3B Extended Guard 9001KR2B 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR4B 1-1/2 in. (40 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR24BM 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR5B 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button Other b KR1bH13 KR1bH5 KR1bH6 KR1b Black Red Green Universal a KR3BH13 KR3RH13 KR3GH13 KR3UH13 KR3BH5 KR3RH5 KR3GH5 KR3UH5 KR3BH6 KR3RH6 KR3GH6 KR3UH6 KR3B KR3R KR3G KR3U Other b KR3bH13 KR3bH5 KR3bH6 KR3b Black Red Green Universal a KR2BH13 KR2RH13 KR2GH13 KR2UH13 KR2BH5 KR2RH5 KR2GH5 KR2UH5 KR2BH6 KR2RH6 KR2GH6 KR2UH6 KR2B KR2R KR2G KR2U Otherb KR2bH13 KR2bH5 KR2bH6 KR2b $ Price 89.00 Operator with 1 N.C. Contact (KA3) KR1BH6 KR1RH6 KR1GH6 KR1UH6 Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button Black KR4BH13 KR4BH5 Red KR4RH13 KR4RH5 Red c KR4R05H13 138.00 KR4R05H5 Green KR4GH13 KR4GH5 Other d KR4dH13 KR4dH5 Black KR24BH13 KR24BH5 Red KR24RH13 KR24RH5 138.00 Green KR24GH13 KR24GH5 Otherd KR24dH13 KR24dH5 Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black — — Red — — — Green — — Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button Black KR5BH13 Red KR5RH13 Red c KR5R05H13 c 138.00 Green KR5GH13 Otherd KR5dH13 Black KR25BH13 Red KR25RH13 138.00 Green KR25GH13 Otherd KR25dH13 KR5BH5 KR5RH5 KR5R05H5 c KR5GH5 KR5dH5 KR25BH5 KR25RH5 KR25GH5 KR25dH5 Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black — — Red — — — Green — — KR4BH6 KR4RH6 KR4R05H6 KR4GH6 KR4dH6 KR24BH6 KR24RH6 KR24GH6 KR24dH6 — — $ Price 66.00 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 — — KR5BH6 KR5RH6 KR5R05H6 c KR5GH6 KR5dH6 KR25BH6 KR25RH6 KR25GH6 KR25dH6 — — — 9001KR25BM The universal push button operators contain one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white. See Table 19.191 for color code. Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability. See Table 19.191 for color code. Operator Only with No Contacts KR1B KR1R KR1G KR1U KR4B KR4R KR4R05 KR4G KR4d KR24B KR24R KR24G KR24d 9001KR24BM 9001KR24RM $ Price 38.60 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 90.00 9001KR24GM 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 — KR5B KR5R KR5R05 c KR5G KR5d KR25B KR25R KR25G KR25d 9001KR25BM 9001KR25RM 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 101.00 9001KR25GM 19 a b c d Black Red Green Universal a Color Operator with 1 N.O. Contact (KA2) KR1BH5 KR1RH5 KR1GH5 KR1UH5 Table 19.191: Color Codes Color Blue Yellow White Orange Gray KR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number b L Y W S E KR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number d L Y — S — NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Operator with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR1BH13 KR1RH13 KR1GH13 KR1UH13 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-67 30 mm Push Buttons............................................................................Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.192: 30 mm Multifunction Operators www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Description l Color With 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (1 KA1) $ Price Without Contacts i Red Green Other e KR8RH25 KR8GH25 KR8eH25 — — — 142.00 KR8R KR8G KR8e 86.00 Red k Green Other e — — — KR9RH13 KR9GH13 KR9eH13 188.00 KR9R KR9G KR9e 129.00 Red — KR9R94H13 194.00 KR9R94 134.00 $ Price Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Position, Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Momentary Pull Maintained Neutral Momentary Push m 2 Position, Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Maintained Pull Maintained Push n 2 Position , Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Head with Set Screw Maintained Pull Maintained Push n KR9R94H13 Set Screw Style Black — — 9001KR9BM94 Red — — 9001KR9RM94 Green — — 9001KR9GM94 Black — — 9001KR9BM95 Red — — 9001KR9RM95 Green — — 9001KR9GM95 2 Position, Metal Head 1-1/2 in. (40 mm) Diameter — 138.00 9001KR9RM94 2 Position, Metal Head 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) Diameter — 149.00 9001KR9RM95 Description Color With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) Red KR16H13 2 N.O. & 2 N.C. $ Price With Contacts (KA2) $ Price Without Contacts $ Price 172.00 218.00 KR16 113.00 Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators 9001KR16H2 Trigger Action 2 Position, Plastic Head Turn-to-Release Trigger Action KR16H2 Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description l Voltage With Red Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) With Other Color Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) $ Price With Other Color Knob Without Contacts i $ Price 3 Position Illuminated Momentary Pull Maintained Neutral Momentary Pushm 110-120 V, 50-60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h KR8P1RH25 KR8PfRH25 KR8PfRH25 KR8P1eH25 KR8PfeH25 KR8PfeH25 267.00 267.00 215.00 KR8P1e KR8Pfe KR8Pfe 201.00 201.00 171.00 With Redk Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR9P1RH13 KR9PfRH13 KR9PfRH13 With Other Color Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR9P1eH13 KR9PfeH13 KR9PfeH13 $ Price With Other Color Knob Without Contacts $ Price 316.00 316.00 257.00 KR9P1e KR9Pfe KR9Pfe 9001KR9P1 Description l 1.625 in. Diameter Knob For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Diameter Knob l Includes Type KN379 2 Position Illuminated Legend Plate Marked Maintained Pull Pull To Start Push To Stop Maintained Push e f g h i j k l m n Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h Choose one color from the Color Codes table here, and insert the color code in Type number. Example: KR9 with a yellow knob = KR9Y Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: KR8P with a 277 V 50–60 Hz voltage = KR8P8 The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for a green LED, use a green knob. On neon light modules, use clear knobs only. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator Type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. KR11UH1 has 1 KA1 (1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and KR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.). To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute “R05” in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price. For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Dia. Knob: a) Order Type -20 or -21 knob from page 19-92. b) Order 9001K54 adapter (no charge)—allows Type -20 or -21 knob to fit on push pull operators. Voids UL and NEMA 6 rating. c) Can order assembled operator by adding color code to Type -20 or -21. Example: 9001KR9R would be 9001KR9R20 or 9001KR9R21. No price adder. See page 19-67 for contact sequences. See Table 19.193. 243.00 243.00 215.00 Table 19.193: Color Codes o Color KR8, KR9 Black o B Red R Green G Blue L Yellow Y White W Orange o S Clear C Amber A Gray — These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators. Table 19.194: Contact Sequences KA3 KA2 (KA1) KA3 KA5 KA2 9001 KR8RH1 or H13 Pull X O Ctr O O Push O X 9001 KR8RH25 X X O O X O O O X NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-68 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.195: Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact block not included unless otherwise noted. Voltage and Frequency Description Full Guard Illuminated Push Button Clear Plastic Top 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K1L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Full Guard Illuminated Push Button Metal Top For other voltages see Table b NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neonc With Red Color Cap and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) K1L1RH13 K1L7RH13 K1L35RH13 K1LbRH13 K1LbRH13 K1LbRH13 With Green Color Cap and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) K1L1GH13 K1L7GH13 K1L35GH13 K1LbGH13 K1LbGH13 K1LbGH13 LED d K1LbRH13 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c Style $ Price g With Other Color Cap Without Contact Block a $ Price h 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 198.00 K1L1e K1L7e K1L35e K1Lbe K1Lbe K1Lbe 184.00 184.00 138.00 184.00 138.00 138.00 K1LbGH13 231.00 K1Lbe 184.00 K3L1RH13 K3L7RH13 K3L35RH13 K3LbRH13 K3LbRH13 K3LbRH13 K3L1GH13 K3L7GH13 K3L35GH13 K3LbGH13 K3LbGH13 K3LbGH13 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 K3L1e K3L7e K3L35e K3Lbe K3Lbe K3Lbe 184.00 184.00 138.00 184.00 138.00 138.00 LED d K3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 231.00 K3Lbe 184.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1RH13 K2L7RH13 K2L35RH13 K2LbRH13 K2LbRH13 K2LbRH13 K2L1GH13 K2L7GH13 K2L35GH13 K2LbGH13 K2LbGH13 K2LbGH13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 K2L1e K2L7e K2L35e K2Lbe K2Lbe K2Lbe 153.00 153.00 125.00 153.00 125.00 125.00 LED d K2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 217.00 K2Lbe 153.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1R20H13 K2L7R20H13 K2L35R20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2L1G20H13 K2L7G20H13 K2L35G20H13 K2LbG20H13 K2LbG20H13 K2LbG20H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 9001K3L1 No Guard Illuminated Push Button For other voltages see Table b 9001K2L1 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On Plastic Head 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K2LR20 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On Plastic Head 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K2LR21 a b c d e f g h LED d K2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 217.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1R21H13 K2L7R21H13 K2L35R21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2L1G21H13 K2L7G21H13 K2L35G21H13 K2LbG21H13 K2LbG21H13 K2LbG21H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 LED d K2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 217.00 Order K2L be Above f Order K2L be Above f PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86. Example: K2La with 240 Vac/Vdc = K2L25 On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red color cap. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table. Example: K2L25c with a blue 13•8 mushroom button = K2L25L20 The only difference between a no guard (K2Lq) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap. Price includes operator, light module, contact block, and color cap. Price includes operator, light module, and color cap. Table 19.196: Color Caps Red Green Blue Yellow White Clear Amber Color Codes e K1L, K2L, K3L R G L Y W C A e 1-3/8 in. Mushroom R20 G20 L20 Y20 W20 C20 A20 19 Color e 2-1/4 in. Mushroom R21 G21 L21 Y21 W21 C21 A21 NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-69 30 mm Push Buttons 9001K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.197: 2-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Left KA3 KA1 or Side 2 Side 1 KA1 #2 KA2 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA1 #1 KA2 Right Left Right KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 KA3 #1 1 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 1 0 or KA3 Operator www.schneider-electric.us or Cam (see page 19-73) E D Non-Illuminated Operators Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code1,2,3) KS11 KS11* KS11K** KS12 KS12* KS12K** 42.80 42.80 138.00 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob With 1 KA1 on Side #2 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 2 only)d KS11BH13 KS11BH1 KS11BH2 — — — 106.00 106.00 152.00 KS25 KS25* KS25K2 — — — 71.00 71.00 167.00 Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 1 only) — — — KS34 KS34* KS34K1 71.00 71.00 167.00 Illuminated Operators Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price K11J1 K11J1R K11Jbc K12J1 K12J1R K12Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 K25J1 K25J1R K25Jbc — — — 185.00 197.00 197.00 K34J1 K34J1R K34Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c — a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208 Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.198. For LED, knob color must match LED. d Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.199. Table 19.199: d Key Withdrawal Codes Table 19.198: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC $ Price Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 70 Code Position 1 2 3 Left Only Right Only Left and Right 9.90 2 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-70 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons 9001 K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.200: 3-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required 1 - Contact Closed Center Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Center Center Center Center 0- Contact Open Center Center Center Center Mount on Side Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right KA3 or Side 2 Side 1 Operator Locating Notch KA2 KA3 KA1 or Top View KA2 KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 KA3 #1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 KA2 #1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 KA1 #2 or KA1 #1 or Cam (see page 19-73) Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4 through 10) e Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13) With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1) With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2) B C D E F G J L M Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price KS42 KS42c KS42Ke KS43 KS43c KS43Ke KS44 KS44c KS44Ke KS45 KS45c KS45Ke KS46 KS46c KS46Ke KS47 KS47c KS47Ke KS49 KS49c KS49Ke KS401 KS401c KS401Ke KS402 KS402c KS402Ke 43.00 53.00 138.00 KS42BH13 KS43BH13 KS44BH13 KS45BH13 KS46BH13 KS47BH13 KS49BH13 KS401BH13 KS402BH13 KS42BH1 KS43BH1 KS44BH1 KS45BH1 KS46BH1 KS47BH1 KS49BH1 KS401BH1 KS402BH1 KS42BH2 KS43BH2 KS44BH2 KS45BH2 KS46BH2 KS47BH2 KS49BH2 KS401BH2 KS402BH2 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS62 KS63 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS62c KS63c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 5, 6 or 9 only)e KS62Ke KS63Ke Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS72 KS73 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS72c KS73c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only) KS72Ke KS73Ke Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS52 KS53 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS52c KS53c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only) KS52Ke KS53Ke 106.00 106.00 152.00 KS64 KS64c KS64Ke KS65 KS65c KS65Ke KS66 KS66c KS66Ke KS67 KS67c KS67Ke KS69 KS69c KS69Ke KS601 KS601c KS601Ke KS602 KS602c KS602Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 KS74 KS74c KS74Ke KS75 KS75c KS75Ke KS76 KS76c KS76Ke KS77 KS77c KS77Ke KS79 KS79c KS79Ke KS701 KS701c KS701Ke KS702 KS702c KS702Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 KS54 KS54c KS54Ke KS55 KS55c KS55Ke KS56 KS56c KS56Ke KS57 KS57c KS57Ke KS59 KS59c KS59Ke KS501 KS501c KS501Ke KS502 KS502c KS502Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K42J1 K42J1R K42Jbc K43J1 K43J1R K42Jbc K44J1 K44J1R K44Jbc K45J1 K45J1R K45Jbc K46J1 K46J1R K46Jbc K47J1 K47J1R K47Jbc K49J1 K49J1R K49Jbc K401J1 K401J1R K401Jbc K402J1 K402J1R K402Jbc 158.00 167.00 158.00 K64J1 K64J1R K64Jbc K65J1 K65J1R K65Jbc K66J1 K66J1R K66Jbc K67J1 K67J1R K67Jbc K69J1 K69J1R K69Jbc K601J1 K601J1R K601Jbc K602J1 K602J1R K602Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 K74J1 K74J1R K74Jbc K75J1 K75J1R K75Jbc K76J1 K76J1R K76Jbc K77J1 K77J1R K77Jbc K79J1 K79J1R K79Jbc K701J1 K701J1R K701Jbc K702J1 K702J1R K702Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 K59J1 K59J1R K59Jbc K501J1 K501J1R K501Jbc K502J1 K502J1R K502Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K62J1 K63J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K62J1R K63J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K62Jbc K62Jbc Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K72J1 K73J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K72J1R K73J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K72Jbc K72Jbc Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K52J1 K53J1 K54J1 K55J1 K56J1 K57J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K52J1R K53J1R K54J1R K55J1R K56J1R K57J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K52Jbc K53Jbc K54Jbc K55Jbc K56Jbc K57Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks.00 Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.201. For LED, knob color must match LED. d For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.201. e Add the key withdrawal code from table Table 19.202. Example: KS43Ke with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS43K6. Table 19.202: e Key Withdrawal Codes Table 19.201: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 19 Illuminated Operators $ Price 70 70 9.90 3 Position Code Position 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Left Only Center Only Right Only Left and Center Left and Right Center and Right Left, Center, and Right NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE KA1 19-71 30 mm Push Buttons 9001 K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.203: 4-Position Selector Switches www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Contact Block Position Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 Side 2 Side 1 KA3 #2 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA1 #1 KA2 1 0 0 0 KA2 #2 0 0 1 0 KA3 #1 0 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 0 0 or KA3 Operator 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open or Cam (see page 19-73) H Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Codes 11, 12, 13, 14, 15) Cat. No. $ Price KS88 KS88c KS88Kd Illuminated Operators 42.80 53.00 138.00 Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer KS88J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer KS88J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c KS88Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from table 19.204. For LED, knob color must match LED. d Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.205. Table 19.204: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Standard Knob Color c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C 19 Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 158.00 167.00 158.00 Table 19.205: d Key Withdrawal Codes Code Position 46 47 9.90 47 4 Position PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 11 12 13 14 15 1 and 4 4 only 1 only 1, 2, 3 and 4 2, 3, and 4 Potentiometers with Dial Plate Table 19.206: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac Power 2W Description Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer Operator with Single Potentiometer Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer Operator with Tandem Potentiometer Ratings NEMA 4, 13 Type K20 K21 K22 K23 $ Price 201.00 287.00 314.00 399.00 Table 19.207: Potentiometer Suffixes Single Potentiometer Suffix e Resistance 01 50 Ω 02 100 Ω 04 500 Ω 05 1 kΩ 39 2 kΩ 06 2.5 kΩ Tandem Potentiometer Suffix e 82 e Suffix e 07 08 09 13 37 14 Resistance 5 kΩ 10 kΩ 25 kΩ 500 kΩ 750 kΩ 1 MΩ Resistance Front Rear 1 kΩ 1 kΩ For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.207 to the catalog number from Table 19.206. Example: 9001K2105. Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8" long and 1/4" diameter may be used with these operators NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-72 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, KX, and SK Selector Switch Guide Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Shown below is a simplified method of selecting a selector switch to meet almost any combination of contact sequences. Step No. 1 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.208: 2 Position Selector Switch If you require contact sequence— Determine the contact sequence(s) required. Set up a target table like the one shown for the example below. Contact Sequence 0—contact open 1—contact closed A B C 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 If you require contact sequence— 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 Use Mount on Contact side no. Block (See page Type 19-88) Use Cam Type G M L 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Next, use the cam type common to all the sequences (if several cam types are common, choose one) to find the operator type number. Go to the proper page number as indicated in the table below: Page Number 19-70, 19-80, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97 19-71, 19-81, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97 19-72, 19-82, 19-93 C B C B E E F G J G J D E J L D E F L C F B D G L D B M B If for the example above a manual return operator with a standard black knob is required and: The F cam type is chosen, the operator type number is: 1 1 0 C F M B Type K—Class 9001 Type KS46B (from page19-71) Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS46B (from page 19-81) Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDFB (from page 19-97) 0 1 G J G 1 L M The L cam type is chosen, the operator type number is: • • • KA3 KA2 KA2 KA3 Table 19.209: 3 Position Selector Switch Look for a cam type common to all sequences in Table 19.208, Table 19.209, or Table 19.210. For the example above, Table 19.209 would be used. For the contact sequences A (1 0 0), B (0 1 0) and C (0 0 1) of the example above, cam types F and L are common to all three sequences. Step No. 3 • • • E D E D 0 0 1 Step No. 2 Number of Push Button Line Positions 2 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 3 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 4 Type K, Type SK, Type KX Use Mount on Contact side no. Block Type (See page 19-88) Use Cam Type 1 0 1 D E D E Type K—Class 9001 Type KS401B (from page 19-71) Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS401B (from page 19-81) Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDLB (from page 19-97) J J L KA2 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA5a KA2 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA5a KA2 KA2 KA5a KA3 KA2 KA5a KA5a KA3 KA3 KA5a KA5a 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 or 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 or 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 Step No. 4: Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0). Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence B (0 1 0). Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or 2 for sequence C (0 0 1). If, for the example above, the L cam type is chosen: • • • Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0). Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence B (0 1 0). Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence C (0 0 1). One Type KA1 double circuit block can be used in place of one Type KA2 single circuit block plus one Type KA3 single circuit block mounted on the same side. If you require contact sequence— Use Cam Type Mount on Use Contact no. Block Type (Seeside page 19-88) 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 a 0 0 0 H (A) KA3 2 1 0 0 H (B) KA2 1 0 1 0 H (C) KA2 2 0 0 1 H (D) KA3 1 0 0 1 H A & D Wired in Parallel 1 0 0 H A & B Wired in Parallel 1 1 0 H B & C Wired in Parallel 0 1 1 H C & D Wired in Parallel 1 1 0 H A, B & C Wired in Parallel 1 1 1 H B, C & D Wired in Parallel 0 1 0 H A & C Wired in Parallel 1 0 1 H B & D Wired in Parallel 1 0 1 H KA5a 2 0 1 1 H KA5a 1 Type KA5 must be the last block on either side. If more than one KA5 is required on either side—contact your local Square D sales office. Note: For Outline Dimensions see Catalog 9001CT1103 KA1 = KA3 = + KA2 + When ordering, please specify: • • • Quantity Class Number Type or Catalog Number For “H” Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-88 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-73 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE • • • Table 19.210: 4 Position Selector Switch 19 Determine the contact blocks required by using the same table in Step No. 2. If, for the example above, the F cam type is chosen: 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Pilot Lights Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.211: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4 & 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plates not included. Description Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Without $ Price $ Price Color Cap KP1b KP7b KP35b 153.00 153.00 125.00 KP1 KP7 KP35 143.00 143.00 116.00 KPaR31 KPaR31 KPaG31 KPaG31 KPab KPab 153.00 125.00 KPa KPa 143.00 116.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage KT1R31 KT7R31 KT35R31 KT1G31 KT7G31 KT35G31 KT1b KT7b KT35b 197.00 197.00 167.00 KT1 KT7 KT35 185.00 185.00 158.00 For other voltages see page 19-86. Transformer, Flashing or LED c Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d KTaR31 KTaR31 KTaG31 KTaG31 KTab KTab 197.00 167.00 KTa KTa 185.00 158.00 120 Vac Only 24–28 Vac Only for other voltages Resistor e Full Voltage e KTR38R31 KTR35R31 KTR38G31 KTR35G31 KTR38b KTR35b 197.00 197.00 KTR38 KTR35 185.00 185.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Push-To-Test Pilot Light (Glass Color Cap Shown) With Other Color Cap Transformer, Flashing or LED c Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d For other voltages see page 19-86. Standard Pilot Light (Plastic Fresnel Color Cap Shown) NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. With Red With Green Fresnel Color Fresnel Color Cap Cap KP1R31 KP1G31 KP7R31 KP7G31 KP35R31 KP35G31 Style www.schneider-electric.us See page 19-86.e Full Voltage or Resistor e KTRaR31 KTRaG31 KTR ab 197.00 KTRa 185.00 Remote Test Pilot Light (Glass Color Cap Shown) a Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on 19-86. EXAMPLE: KTaR31 with 208 Vac red LED = KT37LRR31 b Add the color code as chosen from Table 19.212. EXAMPLE: KP1b with a blue fresnel cap = KP1L31 c The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for green LED, use green color cap. d On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. e On remote test pilot lights use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only. Table 19.212: Color Caps Plastic Fresnel Plastic Domed Glass A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 A6 L6 C6 G6 R6 W6 Y6 Color 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow Typical Wiring Diagram L2 L1 START 1 STOP M 3 2 M L1 TEST BUTTON L2 M L2 (TEST) C O.L. STOP START L1 (SIG) (TEST) C L2 LSI C L2 L1 (SIG) R (TEST) C Test M3 L1 Push-To-Test Pilot Light M1 M2 L2 L1 (SIG) CR Remote Test Pilot Light NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-74 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.213: Joy Stick Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 for use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless noted. NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Operator Operator $ Price Without $ Price With Contacts Contacts a Without Latch K71H7 K71 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K70H7 K70 3 Position— 326.00 252.00 Center Off Without Latch K73H7 K73 Maintained Contact With Latch K72H7 K72 Without Latch K31H8 K31 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K30H8 K30 3 Position— 326.00 252.00 Center Off Without Latch K33H8 K33 Maintained Contact With Latch K32H8 K32 Without Latch K35H2 K35 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K34H2 K34 5 Position— 435.00 309.00 Center Off Without Latch K37H2 K37 Maintained Contact With Latch K36H2 K36 These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks—a total of four (4) contact blocks can be used. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Description Without Latch With Latch a Table 19.214: Contact Arrangements Operator Positions Contact Block Type KA3 Contact Block Location POS 1 (3) KA3 KA2 3 Handle position (with reference to Nib) Contact 1 2 A — POS 2 (4) A POS 1 (3) B KA2 POS 2 (4) B KA1 POS 1 (3) OFF 3 4 1 0 — 0 — 0 0 — 1 1 — 0 0 — 0 — 0 1 — 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 3 5 KA1 A 0 1 B 1 0 A 0 0 POS 2 (4) B 0 0 (1) Contact Closed (0) Contact Open The joy stick operator is ideal for applications where only one circuit is to be energized at one time. The three position joy stick closes one circuit in each Up-Down or Right-Left position with all circuits open in center position. The five position operator closes one circuit in each Up, Down, Left and Right position with all circuits open in center position. Momentary contact operators are spring return to the center position. Maintained operators remain in position and must be returned manually. Operators with latch cannot be operated until the latch button in center of handle is pressed. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact block not included. Inserts are field convertible. For colors not listed, order operator without insert, plus separate color insert from page 19-92. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Selector push buttons cannot be illuminated. Table 19.215: Selector Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Two Position Operators #2 1 KA1 #1 1 KA1 Cam c Color Insert Without Insert b Black b c 1—Contact Closed F—Free D—Depressed Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right FD 0 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 FD 1 1 FD 1 1 FD 1 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 Order Contact Blocks 0 1 From Pages 19-85 and 19-87. 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Selector Push Button 9001KQ Quantity and Mount on Type Side 0—Contact Open 0 1 P R S T Y Type KQ11 KQ11B Type KQ12 KQ12B Type KQ13 KQ13B Type KQ14 KQ14B Type KQ15 KQ15B $ Price 80. 81. Order color inserts from page 19-92. Cams are not interchangeable. For use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87. Key operated push buttons are used wherever unauthorized use of a push button is discouraged. Examples are locking a Start push button in the extended position or locking a Stop push button in the depressed position. The operator can also be locked in the flush position—holding all contacts open. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Legend Plate and Contact Block Not Included (“X” = locked position) d Table 19.216: Key Operated Push Button – UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Lockable Positions Type $ Price Extended Flush Depressed X — — KR131 — X — KR132 Push button operable only with key in lock. Key is removable in locked position only. — — X KR133 X X X KR137 X — — KR141 125.00 Push button operable with or without key in lock. Push button can be locked with key — X — KR142 only. Key removable in both locked or unlocked position. — — X KR143 X X X KR147 To lock the unit, rotate the key with the button in the extended position. Then, push the — X — KR152 button to lock it in the position indicated at right. Key is removable only in this position. — — X KR153 d All key operated push buttons are furnished as standard with Square D no. E10 key change. See catalog 9001CT0001 for other key changes. Description Key Operated Push Button 9001KR © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-75 19 Contact Block Required 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us . Table 19.217: Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Dual Operators Meets UL Type 13/NEMA 13 and UL Type 6/NEMA 6, which UL and NEMA consider an equivalent to UL Type 4/NEMA 4. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted. 9001KR7U 9001KR11U a b c d NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Description Color Momentary Dual Function Momentary Interlocked Dual Function Maintained Interlocked Dual Function Universal a Green-Red Other b Universala Green-Red Other b Universal a Green-Red Other b Description Color Both Buttons Maintained Interlocked Assembly Universal c Other d One Button Momentary One Button Maintained Interlocked Assembly Universal c Otherd With 2 N.O. Contacts (2 KA2) KR6UH7 KR6GRH7 KR6bH7 KR67UH7 KR67GRH7 KR67bH7 KR7UH7 KR7GRH7 KR7bH7 With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA2, KA3) KR6UH37 KR6GRH37 KR6bH37 KR67UH37 KR67GRH37 KR67bH37 KR7UH37 KR7GRH37 KR7bH37 $ Price Without Contacts d $ Price Contacts (KA1) $ Price KR6U KR6GR KR6b KR67U KR67GR KR67b KR7U KR7GR KR7b Without Contacts d — KR11UH1 KR11dH1 178.00 KR11U KR11d 120.00 — KR12UH1H1 KR12dH1H1 273.00 KR12U KR12d 162.00 138.00 184.00 184.00 81.00 125.00 125.00 $ Price Universal for KR6, KR67, KR7 includes 2 inserts each of black, red and green. Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: 9001KR6 with left red and right black = 9001KR6RB. See Table 19.193. Universal for KR11, KR12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white. Choose one color for each button from Table 19.193 and insert color code in type number. Example: 9001KR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001KR11ES Table 19.218: Emergency Break-Glass Operator— UL 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13e Emergency Break-Glass Operator 9001K15 Type $ Price K15 125.00 Operator is held in a depressed position by a glass disc. When the glass disc is broken with the hammer, button returns to a normal extended position. Package of 5 discs included with operator. e For enclosed versions see page 19-106. Table 19.219: 9001K15 Replacement Parts Description Yellow bumper Hammer and chain Lower ring nut Top ring nut Package of 5 replacement discs Clip to hold hammer Part Number 3105211101 3105206750 6512232801 9001K40 9001K57 2540902240 $ Price 14.30 57.30 16.70 4.40 16.70 2.60 Table 19.220: Rocker Arm Operating Lever 19 Type $ Price K50 77.00 Allows two standard push buttons to be operated independently of each other. Price does not include push buttons or legend plates. Order push buttons and legend plates from pages 19-67, 19-89, and 19-90—specify which marking is to be inverted. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Rocker Arm Operating Lever 9001K50 Table 19.221: Alternate Action—Push-on, Push-off Module Type $ Price K85 42.80 This module can be added to standard 9001 Type K, KX, SK or T momentary push button operators. Contact blocks mounted behind this module (maximum of 2) are held in the depressed position when the operator is pressed once, and released to their normal position when the operator is pressed again. For a N.C. circuit, use a 9001KA3 or the N.C. contact of either a 9001KA1 or 9001KA4. For a N.O. circuit, use the N.O. contact of either a 9001KA4 or 9001KA6. Push-on Push-off Module 9001K85 Table 19.222: Off Delay Push Button— UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Type (All Colors) Description Full Guard Extended Guard No Guard $ Price KRD1UH1 KRD2UH1 KRD3UH1 277.00 KRD1UH2 KRD2UH2 KRD3UH2 514.00 Timed Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Time Delay Push Button 9001KRD 19-76 Table 19.223: Wobble Stick For easy operation of any standard push button. Type K8 $ Price 42.80 Timed Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. Timing period is adjustable from 0.1 second to 60 seconds and begins after button has been released. Devices include a pack of seven color inserts for color coding the push button. See 19-92 for Universal color insert. Contacts are quick makequick break. Note: When mounted in top or bottom hole of a Type K enclosure, device requires one additional space below or above operator. When mounted other than in top or bottom hole, device may require two additional spaces, one above and one below operator. Closing plates must be installed on unused holes. CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Non-Illuminated Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.224: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. not included unless otherwise noted. 9001SKR3B No Guard 9001SKR2B Extended Guard 9001SKR4B 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom Button 9001SKR5 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom Button Operator with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) Operator with $ Price 1 N.O. Contact (KA2) Operator with 1 N.C. Contact (KA3) Operator Only $ Price No Contacts e $ Price Black SKR1BH13 89.00 SKR1BH5 SKR1BH6 66.00 SKR1B 38.60 Red SKR1RH13 89.00 SKR1RH5 SKR1RH6 66.00 SKR1R 38.60 Green SKR1GH13 89.00 SKR1GH5 SKR1GH6 66.00 SKR1G 38.60 Universal a SKR1UH13 89.00 SKR1UH5 SKR1UH6 66.00 SKR1U 38.60 Other b SKR1bH13 89.00 SKR1bH5 SKR1bH6 66.00 SKR1b 38.60 Black SKR3BH13 89.00 SKR3BH5 SKR3BH6 66.00 SKR3B 38.60 Red SKR3RH13 89.00 SKR3RH5 SKR3RH6 66.00 SKR3R 38.60 Green SKR3GH13 89.00 SKR3GH5 SKR3GH6 66.00 SKR3G 38.60 Universal a SKR3UH13 89.00 SKR3UH5 SKR3UH6 66.00 SKR3U 38.60 Other b SKR3bH13 89.00 SKR3bH5 SKR3bH6 66.00 SKR3b 38.60 Black SKR2BH13 89.00 SKR2BH5 SKR2BH6 66.00 SKR2B 38.60 Red SKR2RH13 89.00 SKR2RH5 SKR2RH6 66.00 SKR2R 38.60 Green SKR2GH13 89.00 SKR2GH5 SKR2GH6 66.00 SKR2G 38.60 Universal a SKR2UH13 89.00 SKR2UH5 SKR2UH6 66.00 SKR2U 38.60 Other b SKR2b 89.00 SKR2bH5 SKR2bH6 66.00 SKR2b 38.60 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 SKR4B SKR4R SKR4R05 SKR4G SKR4d 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 SKR24B SKR24R SKR24G SKR24d 81.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 SKR5B SKR5R SKR5R05 SKR5G SKR5d 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 SKR25B SKR25R SKR25G SKR25d 81.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 Snap-In Mushroom Button Black SKR4BH13 138.00 SKR4BH5 SKR4BH6 Red SKR4RH13 138.00 SKR4RH5 SKR4RH6 Red c SKR4R05H13 142.00 SKR4R05H5 SKR4R05H6 Green SKR4GH13 138.00 SKR4GH5 SKR4GH6 Other d SKR4dH13 138.00 SKR4dH5 SKR4dH6 Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black SKR24BH13 138.00 SKR24BH5 SKR24BH6 Red SKR24RH13 138.00 SKR24RH5 SKR24RH6 Green SKR24GH13 138.00 SKR24GH5 SKR24GH6 Other d SKR24dH13 138.00 SKR24dH5 SKR24dH6 Snap-In Mushroom Button, Plastic Head Black SKR5BH13 138.00 SKR5BH5 SKR5BH6 Red SKR5RH13 138.00 SKR5RH5 SKR5RH6 Red c SKR5R05H13 142.00 SKR5R05H5 SKR5R05H6 Green SKR5GH13 138.00 SKR5GH5 SKR5GH6 Other d SKR5dH13 138.00 SKR5dH5 SKR5dH6 Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security, Plastic Head Black SKR25BH13 138.00 SKR25BH5 SKR25BH6 Red SKR25RH13 138.00 SKR25RH5 SKR25RH6 Green SKR25GH13 138.00 SKR25GH5 SKR25GH6 Other d SKR25dH13 138.00 SKR25dH5 SKR25dH6 Table 19.225: Color Codes a b c d e Color b SKR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number d SKR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number Blue L L Yellow Y Y White W — Orange S S Gray E — The universal push button operators include one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white. See Table 19.225. Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability. See Table 19.225. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-77 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 9001SKR1B Full Guard Color 19 Description 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.226: 30 mm Multifunction Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Screw-on Mushroom Operators, Plastic Head Description With 2 N.C. With 1 N.O. /1 Contacts N.C. (1 KA3, 1 KA5) Contact (1 KA1) Color $ Price Without Contacts k $Price 3 Position Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push j Red SKR8RH25 — SKR8R Green SKR8GH25 — Other g SKR8gH25 — SKR8g Red — SKR9RH13 SKR9R Green — SKR9GH13 Other g — SKR9gH13 142.00 SKR8G 86.00 2 Positionf 9001SKR9R Non-Illuminated 1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob Includes Type KN179WP Legend Plate Marked Pull To Start Push To Stop Maintained PullMaintained Push 188.00 SKR9G 129.00 SKR9g Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators Description Color With 1 N.O. Contact (KA1) With 2 N.O. /2 $ Price N.C. Contacts (2 KA1) $ Price Without Contacts $Price 2 Position, Plastic Head Turn-to-Release Trigger Action Red SKR16H13 172.00 218.00 SKR16 113.00 With Other Color Knob Without Contacts k $ Price SKR16H2 9001SKR16H2 Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Illuminated Description With Red Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) Voltage With Other Color Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts $ Price 3 Position 19 Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push m 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing i Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon j PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description SKR8P1RH25 SKR8P1gH25 SKR8PhRH25 SKR8PhgH25 SKR8PhRH25 SKR8PhgH25 SKR8P1g 267.00 201.00 SKR8Phg 215.00 SKR8Phg 171.00 With Red f Knob and With Other Color With Other Color 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 $ Price Knob Without Contact (KA1) N.C. Contact (KA1) Contacts Voltage $ Price 2 Position 9001SKR9P1 Illuminated 1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob Includes Type KN179WP Legend Plate Marked Pull to Start Push To Stop f g h i j k l m Maintained PullMaintained Push 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, L.E.D., Flashing i SKR9P1RH13 SKR9P1gH13 SKR9PhRH13 SKR9PhgH13 Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon j SKR9PhRH13 SKR9PhgH13 To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute R05 in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price. Choose one color from Table 19.227 and insert the color code in the Type number. Example: SKR9g with a yellow knob = SKR9Y Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: SKR8Ph with 277 V 50–60 Hz = SKR8P8 The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen; e.g., for green LED, use green knob. On neon light modules, use clear knobs only. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. SKR11UH1 has 1 KA1(1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and SKR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.). For positions, refer to Tables 19.228 and 19.229. Table 19.228: Positions for 9001SKR8RH1 or H13 SKR9P1g 316.00 243.00 SKR9Phg SKR9Phg 257.00 215.00 Table 19.227: Color Codes n Color SKR11, SKR12 SKR8, SKR9 Black n B B Red R R Green G G Blue L L Yellow Y Y White W W Orange n S S Clear — C Amber — A Gray E — These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators. Table 19.229: Positions for 9001SKR8H25 9001SKR8H25 9001SKR8RH1 or H13 (KA1) PULL CTR PUSH PULL CTR PUSH KA3 X O O KA3 X O O KA5 X X O KA2 O O X KA2 O O X NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-78 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Illuminated Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.230: Illuminated Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate not included unless otherwise noted. Style 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK1L1RH13 SK1L7RH13 SK1L35RH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1L1GH13 SK1L7GH13 SK1L35GH13 SK1LbGH13 SK1LbGH13 SK1LbGH13 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 198.00 SK1L1 SK1L7 SK1L35 SK1L b SK1L b SK1L b 158.00 158.00 129.00 158.00 129.00 129.00 For other voltages See Table b 9001SK1L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc No Guard Illuminated Push Button With Other Color With Red Color Cap and With Green Color Cap and Cap Without $ Price h 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact 1 N.O.and 1 N.C. Contact $ Price g Contact Blocks (KA1) (KA1) a Voltage and Frequency Description Full Guard Illuminated Push Button NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. For other voltages See Table b LED e SK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 231.00 SK1L bd 158.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1RH13 SK2L7RH13 SK2L35RH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2L1GH13 SK2L7GH13 SK2L35GH13 SK2LbGH13 SK2LbGH13 SK2LbGH13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 SK2L1 SK2L7 SK2L35 SK2L b SK2L b SK2L b 143.00 143.00 116.00 143.00 116.00 116.00 LEDe SK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 217.00 SK2L bd 143.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1R20H13 SK2L7R20H13 SK2L35R20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2L1G20H13 SK2L7G20H13 SK2L35G20H13 SK2LbG20H13 SK2LbG20H13 SK2LbG20H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 LED e SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 217.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1R21H13 SK2L7R21H13 SK2L35R21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2L1G21H13 SK2L7G21H13 SK2L35G21H13 SK2LbG21H13 SK2LbG21H13 SK2LbG21H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 9001SK2L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On For other voltages Plastic Head See Table b Order SK2Lbdf 9001SK2L1R20 b c d e f g h LED e SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 217.00 9001SK2L1R21 These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. EXAMPLE: SK2Lb with 240 Vac/Vdc = SK2L25. On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen e.g., for red LED, use red color cap. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SK2L25e with a blue 1-3/8 in. mushroom button = SK2L25L20. The only difference between a no guard (SK2L) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap. Price includes operator, light module, contact blocks and color cap. Price includes operator, light module and color cap. Table 19.231: Color Caps Color Codes Color Red Green Blue Yellow White Clear Amber SK1L/SK2L R G L Y W C A 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom R20 G20 L20 Y20 W20 C20 A20 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom R21 G21 L21 Y21 W21 C21 A21 NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-79 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a Order SK2Lbdf 19 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 2-1/4 in. 24–28 Vac/Vdc (57 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On For other voltages Plastic Head See Table b 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.232: 2-Position Selector Switches 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 KA3 KA1 Locating or KA1 #1 KA2 Top View Left Right Left Right KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 KA3 #1 1 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 1 or Side 2 Side 1 Operator www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. or Cam (see page 19-73) 0 E Non-Illuminated Operators D Type Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob With 1 KA1 on Side #2 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Illuminated Operators Type SKS11 SKS11c SKS12 SKS12c SKS11BH13 SKS11BH1 SKS11BH2 — — — 106.00 106.00 152.00 SKS25 SKS25c — — 71.00 81.00 — — SKS34 SKS34c 71.00 81.00 Type 19 Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c $ Price 42.80 53.00 Type $ Price SK11J1 SK11J1R SK11Jbc SK12J1 SK12J1R SK12Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 SK25J1 SK25J1R SK25Jbc — — — 185.00 197.00 197.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c — SK34Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3 c Add the knob color code from Table 19.233. For LED, knob color must match LED. 185.00 197.00 197.00 Table 19.233: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 70 9.90 2 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-80 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.234: 3-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type 1 — Contact Closed Center Mount on Side Center Center Center 0 — Contact Open Center Center Center Center Center KA3 KA1 or Side 2 Side 1 KA2 KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 KA3 #1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 KA2 #1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 KA1 or #2 KA3 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA2 KA1 or #1 Cam (see page 19-73) Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) B C D E F G J L M Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type SKS42 SKS42c SKS43 SKS43c SKS44 SKS44c SKS45 SKS45c SKS46 SKS46c SKS47 SKS47c SKS49 SKS49c SKS401 SKS401c SKS402 SKS402c Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13) SKS42BH13 SKS43BH13 SKS44BH13 SKS45BH13 SKS46BH13 SKS47BH13 SKS49BH13 SKS401BH13 SKS402BH13 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1) SKS42BH1 SKS43BH1 SKS44BH1 SKS45BH1 SKS46BH1 SKS47BH1 SKS49BH1 SKS401BH1 SKS402BH1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2) SKS42BH2 SKS43BH2 SKS44BH2 SKS45BH2 SSKS46BH2 SKS47BH2 SKS49BH2 SKS401BH2 SKS402BH2 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS62 SKS63 SKS64 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS62c SKS63c SKS64c Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS72 SKS73 SKS74 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS72c SKS73c SKS74c Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS52 SKS53 SKS54 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS52c SKS53c SKS54c Illuminated Operators Type 42.80 53.00 106.00 106.00 152.00 SKS65 SKS65c SKS66 SKS66c SKS67 SKS67c SKS69 SKS69c SKS601 SKS601c SKS602 SKS602c 71.00 81.00 SKS75 SKS75c SKS76 SKS76c SKS77 SKS77c SKS79 SKS79c SKS701 SKS701c SKS702 SKS702c 71.00 81.00 SKS55 SKS55c SKS56 SKS56c SKS57 SKS57c SKS59 SKS59c SKS501 SKS501c SKS502 SKS502c 71.00 81.00 Type Type Type Type Type Type Type $ Price SK44J1 SK44J1R SK44Jbc SK45J1 SK45J1R SK45Jbc SK46J1 SK46J1R SK46Jbc SK47J1 SK47J1R SK47Jbc SK49J1 SK49J1R SK49Jbc SK401J1 SK401J1R SK401Jbc SK402J1 SK402J1R SK402Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 SK64J1 SK64J1R SK64Jbc SK65J1 SK65J1R SK65Jbc SK66J1 SK66J1R SK66Jbc SK67J1 SK67J1R SK67Jbc SK69J1 SK69J1R SK69Jbc SK601J1 SK601J1R SK601Jbc SK602J1 SK602J1R SK602Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 SK79J1 SK79J1R SK79Jbc SK701J1 SK701J1R SK701Jbc SK702J1 SK702J1R SK702Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 SK59J1 SK59J1R SK59Jbc SK501J1 SK501J1R SK501Jbc SK502J1 SK502J1R SK502Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 Type Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK42J1 SK43J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK42J1R SK43J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK42Jbc SK43Jbc Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK62J1 SK63J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK62J1R SK63J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK62Jbc SK63Jbc $ Price 19 Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK72J1 SK73J1 SK74J1 SK75J1 SK76J1 SK77J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK72J1R SK73J1R SK74J1R SK75J1R SK76J1R SK77J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK72Jbc SK73Jbc SK74Jbc SK75Jbc SK76Jbc SK77Jbc Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK52J1 SK53J1 SK54J1 SK55J1 SK56J1 SK57J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK52J1R SK53J1R SK54J1R SK55J1R SK56J1R SK57J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK52Jbc SK53Jbc SK54Jbc SK55Jbc SK56Jbc SK57Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.235 below. For LED, knob color must match LED. d For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.235 below. Table 19.235: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 70 70 9.90 3 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator Discount Schedule 19-81 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.236: 4-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Mount on Side KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 Side 2 Side 1 Locating Notch KA1 or KA1 #1 KA2 Top View KA3 #2 1 0 0 0 KA2 #2 0 0 1 0 KA3 #1 0 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 0 0 or KA3 Operator www.schneider-electric.us or Cam (see page 19-73) H Non-Illuminated Operators Type Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.237 below) $ Price SKS88 SKS88c Illuminated Operators 42.80 52.65 Type $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK88J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK88J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK88Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3 c Add the knob color code from Table 19.237. For LED, knob color must match LED 158.00 167.00 167.00 Table 19.237: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Standard Knob Color c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C 19 Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 46 47 47 9.90 4 Position Potentiometers with Dial Plate PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.238: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac Power 2W Description Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer Operator with Single Potentiometer Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer Operator with Tandem Potentiometer Ratings NEMA 4, 13 Type SK20 SK21 SK22 SK23 $ Price 201.00 287.00 314.00 399.00 Table 19.239: Potentiometer Suffixes Single Potentiometer Suffix d Resistance 01 50 Ω 02 100 Ω 04 500 Ω 05 1 kΩ 39 2 kΩ 06 2.5 kΩ Tandem Potentiometer Suffix d 82 d Suffix d 07 08 09 13 37 14 Resistance 5 kΩ 10 kΩ 25 kΩ 500 kΩ 750 kΩ 1 MΩ Resistance Front Rear 1 kΩ 1 kΩ For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.239 to the catalog number from Table 19.238. Example: 9001K2105. Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8 in. long and 1/4 in. diameter may be used with these operators. NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-82 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Pilot Lights Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.240: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous locations, see page 19-87. Legend plate not included. Description Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKP1R31 SKP1G31 SKP1b 153.00 SKP1 143.00 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Standard Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Table a Transformer SKP7R31 SKP7G31 SKP7b 153.00 SKP7 143.00 Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDc Full Voltage, Neon or Resistord SKP35R31 SKP35G31 SKP35b 125.00 SKP35 116.00 SKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 125.00 SKPa 116.00 SKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 125.00 SKPa 116.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT1R31 SKT1G31 SKT1b 197.00 SKT1 185.00 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT7R31 SKT7G31 SKT7b 197.00 SKT7 185.00 SKT35R31 SKT35G31 SKT35b 167.00 SKT35 158.00 SKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 197.00 SKTa 158.00 SKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 197.00 SKTa 158.00 120 Vac Only Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDc Full Voltage, Neon or Resistord Resistor SKTR38R31 SKTR38G31 SKTR38b 197.00 SKTR38 185.00 Full Voltage SKTR35R31 SKTR35G31 SKTR35b 197.00 SKTR35 185.00 Push-To-Test Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Table a Remote Test 24–28 Vac Only Pilot Light (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Tables abe a b c d e With Red With Green Other Without Fresnel Color Fresnel Color With Color Cap $ Price Color Cap $ Price Cap Cap Style 9001SKP1 9001SKT1 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Full Voltage or Resistor SKTRaR31 SKTRaG31 SKTRab 197.00 SKTRa 185.00 e 9001SKTR38 Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86. EXAMPLE: SKTqR31 with 208 Vac red LED voltage = SKT37LRR31. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SKP1c with a blue fresnel cap = SKP1L31. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for a green LED, use a green color cap. On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. Use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes on remote test pilot lights. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only. Table 19.241: Color Caps b Plastic Fresnel b Plastic Domed A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Color Typical Wiring Diagram START 1 STOP M 3 2 M L1 TEST BUTTON L2 M L2 (TEST) C O.L. STOP START L1 (SIG) (TEST) C L2 LSI C L2 L1 (SIG) R (TEST) C Test M3 L1 Push-To-Test Pilot Light M1 M2 L2 L1 (SIG) 19 L2 L1 CR Remote Test Pilot Light NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-83 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.242: Multifunction Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted. Interlocked Assembly Description Interlocked Assembly Both Buttons Maintained Interlocked Assembly One Button Momentary Interlocked Assembly One Button Maintained Color Universal a Other b Contacts SKR11UH1 SKR11bH1 Universal a SKR12UH1H1 Other b SKR12bH1H1 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. $ Price 178.00 Without Contacts SKR11U SKR11b $ Price 120.00 SKR12U 273.00 162.00 SKR12b 9001SKR11U a b Universal for SKR11,12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white. Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: 9001SKR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001SKR11ES. See Table 19.227 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-84 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us The Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks are Fingersafe® contact blocks (meeting VDE 0106 Part 100). They have one screw mounting and captive (backed out) plus/minus terminal screws. These contact blocks are double-break, direct-acting contacts. Because of the wiping action of these contacts, they are suitable for use with programmable controllers. All contact blocks listed below accept up to 2 #12–#24 AWG solid or stranded wires. Recommended tightening torque for screw terminals is 7 lb-in. NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Blocks with Binder Head Screws (not Fingersafe) Symbol Table 19.243: Standard Contact Blocks Description Symbol Type $ Price Direct-Acting KA1 42.80 Gold Flashed Contacts with Standard Pressure Wire Terminals Type Quantityb $ Price Type $ Price KA21 25–Up 42.80 KA31 71.00 KA22 25–Up 21.50 KA32 35.60 KA23 25–Up 21.50 KA33 35.60 KA24 25–Up 42.80 KA34 71.00 KA25 25–Up 21.50 KA35 35.60 N.O. Early Closing (Clear Cover) KA2 N.C. Contact Late Opening 21.50 b Minimum order quantity is 25. The price represents one individual contact block. Contact blocks listed below are not Fingersafe, but provide: (Green Cover) • KA3 Direct-Acting 21.50 Terminals that accept ring tongue/fork tongue connectors Short single circuit contact blocks (0.75" deep vs. 0.97" deep on the Fingersafe) Same as old style Series G product available prior to March, 1989. For assembled operators, use form Y238 (add to catalog number as suffix, for example: 9001KRU1H13Y238) • • (Red Cover) • KA4 42.80 N.O. Contact Early Closing Table 19.245: Contact blocks (not Fingersafe) Symbol KA5 KA1G 42.80 Symbol Type $ Price KA4G 42.80 KA5G 21.50 KA6G 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing KA6 KA2G 21.50 KA3G 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing Table 19.244: Additional Circuit Arrangements Sequencing a N.O. Contact of KA4 closes before N.O. Contact on KA1 Order One Type KA4 and One Type KA1 N.C. Contact Late Opening 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing (Green Cover) $ Price 21.50 N.C. Contact Late Opening (Red Cover) Type 85.60 KA4 KA1 Overlapping a Order One N.O. Contact of KA4 closes Type KA4 and One 64.30 before N.C. Contact of KA5 Type KA5 Opens KA4 KA5 a For push buttons or two-position selector switches only. For sequencing or overlapping contacts on other operators, refer to catalog 9001CT0001. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE (Clear Cover) Table 19.246: Contact blocks with Quick-Connect terminals (not Fingersafe) Symbol Type $ Price KA12 35.60 KA13 35.60 19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog 9001CT0001 Table 19.247: Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—Types KA1–KA6, KA21–KA25, KA31–KA35, KA1G–KA6G AC V 120 240 480 600 DC Inductive (NEMA / UL Type A600) 35% Power Factor Make Break Amperes VA Amperes VA Continuous Carrying Amperes 60 30 15 12 7200 6.0 3.0 1.5 1.2 720 10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Resistive 75% Power Factor Make, Break and Continuous Amperes 10 CS1 Discount Schedule Inductive and Resistive (NEMA Q600) Volts 125 250 600 Make and Break KA1 KA2 KA3 KA4 KA5 KA6 0.55 0.27 0.10 0.55 0.27 0.10 — — — — — — Continuous Carrying Amperes 2.5 19-85 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. • • With neon type light modules, use a clear color cap only. With LED light modules, use either a clear color cap or a cap the same color as the LED. Table 19.248: Standard Light Modules for Types K, SK, and KX Control Units b NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Light Module Voltage All 19 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 18 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 240 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac/Vdc 277 V, 50–60 Hz 380–480 V, 50–60 Hz 480 Vac/Vdc 550–600 V, 50–60 Hz PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a b Description Type Full Voltage (without Bayonet Base Lamp) Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Resistor Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Transformer Flashing Full Voltage/Resistor Neon a LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Transformer LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Transformer LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Resistor Neon a Transformer Transformer Neon a Transformer $ Price Voltage Assembly Code Replacement Lamp Rating Part Number b KM40 78.00 40 — None KM31 KM31LR KM31LG KM31LY KM32 KM32LR KM32LG KM32LY KM33 KM35 KM35LR KM35LG KM35LY KM35LW KM35LL KM36 KM1LR KM1LG KM1LY KM1 KMF1 KM38 KM11 KM38LR KM38LG KM38LY KM38LW KM38LL KM3 KM3LR KM3LG KM3LY KM3LW KM3LL KM7 KM7LR KM7LG KM7LY KM7LW KM7LL KM25 KM12 KM8 KM5 KM14 KM6 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 116.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 31 31LR 31LG 31LY 32 32LR 32LG 32LY 33 35 35LR 35LG 35LY 35LW 35LL 36 1LR 1LG 1LY 1 F1 38 11 38LR 38LG 38LY 38LW 38LL 3 3LR 3LG 3LY 3LW 3LL 7 7LR 7LG 7LY 7LW 7LL 25 12 8 5 14 6 .9 VA 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101037 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101037 2550101002 6508805210 6508805212 6508805211 6508805214 6508805213 2550101025 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101020 2550101036 2550101027 2550101013 6508805210 6508805212 6508805211 6508805214 6508805213 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 6508805215 6508805216 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 6508805215 6508805216 2550101027 2550101013 2550101020 2550101020 2550101013 2550101020 1.2 VA 1.4 VA 1.2 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA 2.6 VA 2.4 VA .85 VA 3.0 VA 0.2 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 2.5 VA 2.0 VA 6.0 VA 0.3 VA 2.4 VA 2.8 VA 0.5 VA 2.5 VA $ Price — 12.45 42.75 42.75 28.50 12.45 42.75 42.75 28.50 12.45 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 16.50 12.45 32.85 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 32.85 12.45 12.45 32.85 12.45 Not for use on KX operators. For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot. NOTE: Light modules are available in other voltages. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. • • Reduces the depth of illuminated push buttons with contact blocks by over 33%. With LED light modules, use a cap that is the same color as the LED. Table 19.249: Shallow Depth Light Modules For Types K and SK Control Units c Voltage Description Light Module Type Full Voltage KM55 LED Red KM55LR 24–28 Vac/Vdc LED Green KM55LG LED Yellow KM55LY Full Voltage KM58 LED Red KM58LR 110–120 Vac/Vdc LED Green KM58LG LED Yellow KM58LY c For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot. File CCN 19-86 E78403 NKCR File Class CS1 LR25490 3211 03 Discount Schedule $ Price 86.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 Voltage Assembly Code Rating 55 55LR 55LG 55LY 58 58LR 58LG 58LY 1.2 VA 0.5 VA 3.0 VA 0.5 VA Replacement Lamp Part Number 2550101002 6508805204 6508805206 6508805205 2550101027 6508805204 6508805206 6508805205 $ Price 12.45 42.75 12.45 42.75 marked © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Hazardous locations do not always require the use of explosion-proof equipment like the Class 9001 Type BR control stations. Selecting the most appropriate device for the location can save you money. For more information on the types of hazardous locations, contact your local electrical inspector. Table 19.250: Square D Offering According to Class, Division, and Group NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. All contact blocks listed below accept #12–18 solid or stranded wire. Table 19.252: Hermetically Sealed Logic Reed Contact Blocks f Suitable for use on low energy level circuits Description For Symbol Intrinsically Safe System 9001 BR station I 1 B, C, D Intrinsically Safe System K, SK, KX control stations 1. 9001 with restrictions a I 2 A 2. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations I 2 B, C, D 2. 9001 with restrictions a 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station II 1 E, F, G 2. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations II 2 E, F 2. 9001 with restrictions a 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations II 2 G 2. 9001 with restrictions b 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR Station K, SK, KX control stations III 1, 2 — 2. 9001 with restrictions b 3. Intrinsically Safe System a Any Class 9001 Type K, SK or KX operator can be used in an area classified as Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations, if: 1. Only logic (KA40 series) or power (KA50 series) reed contact blocks are used. 2. All Type K and SK illuminated operators are UL approved for use in Class I Division 2 areas. c 3. Type KX illuminated operators do not use 4 lamp light modules, or 2 lamp light modules other than the transformer type. c 4. The operators are mounted in any NEMA 4 & 13 enclosures. b Any Class 9001 Type K, SK, or KX operator mounted in a Class 9001 Type KY, KYSS, KYAF, SKY enclosure may be used, except potentiometer operators. c Add Form Y243 to single lamp Push-To-Test pilot lights. Note: For a and b: UL Listed: File E10054(N), CCN NOIV. 1. 1. 2. Resistive .25 A 8 VA 32/30 120/100 KA41 86.00 KA42 42.80 KA43 42.80 KA44 86.00 KA45 86.00 Inductive .10 A 3 VA • • • On 3 position selector switches with cams C, D, E, F, G, L, or M, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. On 4 position selector switches, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. On joysticks or on Type KR8 or SKR8 push-pull operators, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. Table 19.253: Hermetically Sealed Power Reed Contact Blocks f Symbol File Class LR26817 3218 02 Type $ Price KA51 143.00 KA52 101.00 KA53 101.00 KA54 143.00 KA55 143.00 19 E10054(N) NOIV Continuous .5 A .5 A The maximum number of logic and/or power reed contact blocks per operator is as indicated on individual selection tables for standard contact blocks, except: Table 19.251: Hazardous Locations (see page 19-87) File CCN $ Price Maximum Load Max. Vac/Vdc Description Types K, SK Type Use AC NEMA C300 d Make A VA A VA Continuous Carrying Amperes 10.00 5.00 1200 1.000 .500 120 3.0 VA Continuous Carrying Amperes Volts 120 240 Break DC NEMA Q150 e Make Volts A Break VA A 115 .50 58 .50 58 3.0 Note: The power reed contact blocks can be used with standard industrial relays and starters through NEMA Size 4. Minimum voltage is 5 V and the minimum current is 1 mA. d Inductive Rating—35% Power Factor. e Inductive and Resistive Ratings f Not for use in pendant stations. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Class Division Group(s) I 1 A 19-87 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Contact Block “H” Numbers Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Example: A Type KR1B push button with 2 Type KA1 contact blocks would be Class 9001 Type KR1BH2. POS 2 POS 4 POS 6 POS 1 POS 3 POS 5 Side 1 Side 2 Locating Nib The design of the Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks allows them to be mounted side by side and/or in tandem. This enables you to specify an operator and a particular arrangement of contact blocks (shipped completely assembled) with a single Type number. Table 19.254: “H” Codes Suffix No. (Add to Operator Type) H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H18 H19 H21 H23 H24 H25 Mounting Hole for All Types K, SK, and KX Control Units .19 5 Positions $ Price 28.50 57.00 86.00 114.00 14.30 14.30 28.50 28.50 57.00 42.80 86.00 57.00 28.50 14.30 42.80 42.80 71.00 71.00 143.00 28.50 171.00 42.80 28.50 1 2 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA4 KA4 KA1 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA2 KA1 KA1 KA5 3 KA1 KA1 KA1 4 KA1 KA1 5 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 6 .25 Dia. 6 .09 2 .69 18 .56 14 KA1 A30464-162 KA2 KA3 KA1 KA5 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA2 KA3 *1.22 Dia. 31 Preferred Cover Drilling *1.22 Dia. Alternate Cover Drilling 31 Dual Dimensions: *Units also mount in 1.20 dia. 30 KA1 KA3 KA2 Hole Punch: Use Greenlee Tool #60242 to punch mounting hole and notch. Maximum Contact Block Usage (Includes Types K, SK and KX) KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 • KA1 2 blocks mounted side by side only: Any 2, 3 or 4 position spring return selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or keyed). 2 blocks mounted in tandem on one side only: Any 2 operator interlocked push button. 2 blocks mounted in tandem (total of four blocks): Any selector push button, keyed push button, 2, 3, or 4 position maintained selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or keyed), push-pull operators (non-illuminated or illuminated), joy stick, dual push button. 3 blocks mounted in tandem (total of six blocks): Single momentary push buttons (non-illuminated or illuminated). • NOTE: For “H” Codes not shown in this table, contact your local Schneider Electric Customer Care Center. • Table 19.255: Dimensions When Using Contact Blocks • Panel Thickness .25 max. .06 min. 2 6 Panel Thickness 1/16 min.-1/4 max. INCHES Millimeters 2.10 53 C D E D F B 1.60 41 Light KA KA KA KA Module Unit Unit Unit Unit A 0.56 14 19 1.66 42 2.63 67 .97 25 0.56 14 3.66 93 KA KA KA KA Unit Unit Unit Unit Light Light Module Module 1.31 Standard Blocks Enclosure or Grounded Metal Part Reed Blocks 1.13 D D30052-287 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.256: Basic Operators (Without Color Caps, Mushroom Buttons, Knobs, Selector Switch Cams, Contact Blocks, Light Modules, or Legend Plates) Description For UL Types/NEMA $ Price 1, 3R, 4, 4, 4X, 13 12, 13 KR2 SKR2 38.55 KR3 SKR3 38.55 Non-Illuminated Push Button (Extended Guard) Non-Illuminated Push Button (No Guard) Non-Illuminated Push Button (Mushroom KR20 SKR20 38.55 Button/Screw-On) Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary) KR6 — 78.00 Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary KR67 — 121.50 Interlocked) Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Maintained KR7 — 121.50 Interlocked) Momentary Pull—Maintained Neutral— KR8 ad SKR8 a 75.00 Momentary Push Maintained Pull—Maintained Push KR9 ad SKR9 a 120.00 Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Plastic Top) K1L b SK1L b 42.75 Illuminated Push Button and Push-To-Test K2L bc SK2Lb c 28.65 (No Guard) Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Metal Top) K3L b — 42.75 Standard Pilot Light KP SKP 28.65 3 Position Maintained Selector Switch KS4 a SKS4 a 36.30 3 Position Spring Return Both Sides To Center— KS5 a SKS5 a 64.80 Selector Switch 3 Position Spring Return Left To Center— KS6 a SKS6 a 64.80 Selector Switch 3 Position Spring Return Right To Center— KS7 a SKS7 a 64.80 Selector Switch a Operator can be converted to an illuminated operator by removing the liner (6512240601) and adding a light module. b Operator can be converted to a non-illuminated operator by adding liner (6512240601). c Operator includes jumper wires for push-to-test conversion. d These operators can be supplied with 1-3/8 in or 2-1/4 in dia. mushroom buttons. For 1-3/8 in.: add ( ) 20 to type number. The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92. For 2-1/4 in.: Add ( ) 21 to type number. The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92. Voids UL and NEMA 6 Rating. 19-88 CS1 Discount Schedule Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units Legend Plate Operator Centerline Spacing (in.) A Legend Plate Orientation Position #1 Standard Push Button 1.75 KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.75 Standard Push Button 2.00 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.00 KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 2.00 Standard Push Button 1.94 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.94 KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.74 Standard Push Button 2.38 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 Selector Switch Knobs 2.38 Legend Plate Orientation Position #2 Standard Push Button 1.62 KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.62 Standard Push Button 1.75 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.75 Standard Push Button 1.62 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.62 Standard Push Button 2.25 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 2.25 B C D E F 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.69 1.69 2.25 1.69 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.94 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.257: Legend Plates NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Plastic Legend Plates for use with Types K and SK Operators 1-3/4" Square Standard Markings Aluminum Legend Plates for use with Type K Operators 2-1/4" Square Black Legend 2-1/2" Square Black Legend Blue Legend © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved KN200 KN300 KN800 KN200 KN300 KN800 KN200R a KN300R a KN800R a KN201 KN301 KN801 KN202 a KN302 a KN802 a KN203 KN303 KN803 KN204 a KN304 a KN804 a KN205 a KN305 a KN805 a KN206 KN306 KN806 KN207 KN307 KN807 KN208 KN308 KN808 KN209 KN309 KN809 KN210 KN310 KN810 KN211 KN311 KN811 KN212 KN312 KN812 KN213 KN313 KN813 KN214 KN314 KN814 KN215 KN315 KN815 KN216 KN316 KN816 KN217 KN317 KN817 KN218 KN318 KN818 KN219 KN319 KN819 KN220 KN320 KN820 KN221 KN321 KN821 KN222 KN322 KN822 KN223 KN323 KN823 KN224 KN324 KN824 KN225 KN325 KN825 KN226 KN326 KN826 KN227 KN327 KN827 KN228 KN328 KN828 KN229 KN329 KN829 KN230 KN330 KN830 KN231 KN331 KN831 KN232 KN332 KN832 KN233 KN333 KN833 KN234 KN334 KN834 KN236 KN336 KN836 KN237 KN337 KN837 KN238 KN338 KN838 KN100WP KN100RP b KN101WP KN102RP b KN103WP KN104RP b KN105RP b KN106WP KN107WP KN108WP KN109WP KN110WP KN111WP KN112WP KN113WP KN114WP KN115WP KN116WP KN117WP KN118WP KN119WP KN120WP KN121WP KN122WP KN123WP KN124WP KN125WP KN126WP KN127WP KN128WP KN129WP KN130WP KN131WP KN132WP KN133WP KN134WP KN136WP KN137WP KN138WP KN100BP KN100RP b KN101BP KN102RP b KN103BP KN104RP b KN105RP b KN106BP KN107BP KN108BP KN109BP KN110BP KN111BP KN112BP KN113BP KN114BP KN115BP KN116BP KN117BP KN118BP KN119BP KN120BP KN121BP KN122BP KN123BP KN124BP KN125BP KN126BP KN127BP KN128BP KN129BP KN130BP KN131BP KN132BP KN133BP KN134BP KN136BP KN137BP KN138BP KN700SP KN700RP b KN701SP KN702RP b KN703SP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706SP KN707SP KN708SP KN709SP KN710SP KN711SP KN712SP KN713SP KN714SP KN715SP KN716SP KN717SP KN718SP KN719SP KN720SP KN721SP KN722SP KN723SP KN724SP KN725SP KN726SP KN727SP KN728SP KN729SP KN730SP KN731SP KN732SP KN733SP KN734SP KN736SP KN737SP KN738SP KN700WP KN700RP b KN701WP KN702RP b KN703WP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706WP KN707WP KN708WP KN709WP KN710WP KN711WP KN712WP KN713WP KN714WP KN715WP KN716WP KN717WP KN718WP KN719WP KN720WP KN721WP KN722WP KN723WP KN724WP KN725WP KN726WP KN727WP KN728WP KN729WP KN730WP KN731WP KN732WP KN733WP KN734WP KN736WP KN737WP KN738WP KN700BP KN700RP b KN701BP KN702RP b KN703BP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706BP KN707BP KN708BP KN709BP KN710BP KN711BP KN712BP KN713BP KN714BP KN715BP KN716BP KN717BP KN718BP KN719BP KN720BP KN721BP KN722BP KN723BP KN724BP KN725BP KN726BP KN727BP KN728BP KN729BP KN730BP KN731BP KN732BP KN733BP KN734BP KN736BP KN737BP KN738BP KN179WP KN179BP KN779SP KN779WP KN779BP N/A KN379 N/A KN139WP KN140WP KN141WP KN142WP KN143WP KN144WP KN145WP KN146WP KN147WP KN148WP KN150WP KN151WP KN153WP KN154WP KN155WP KN156WP KN176WP KN158WP KN159WP KN160WP KN162WP KN163WP KN164WP KN165WP KN167WP KN170WP KN177WP KN178WP KN139BP KN140BP KN141BP KN142BP KN143BP KN144BP KN145BP KN146BP KN147BP KN148BP KN150BP KN151BP KN153BP KN154BP KN155BP KN156BP KN176BP KN158BP KN159BP KN160BP KN162BP KN163BP KN164BP KN165BP KN167BP KN170BP KN177BP KN178BP KN739SP KN740SP KN741SP KN742SP KN743SP KN744SP KN745SP KN746SP KN747SP KN748SP KN750SP KN751SP KN753SP KN754SP KN755SP KN756SP KN776SP KN758SP KN759SP KN760SP KN762SP KN763SP KN764SP KN765SP KN767SP KN770SP KN777SP KN778SP KN739WP KN740WP KN741WP KN742WP KN743WP KN744WP KN745WP KN746WP KN747WP KN748WP KN750WP KN751WP KN753WP KN754WP KN755WP KN756WP KN776WP KN758WP KN759WP KN760WP KN762WP KN763WP KN764WP KN765WP KN767WP KN770WP KN777WP KN778WP KN739BP KN740BP KN741BP KN742BP KN743BP KN744BP KN745BP KN746BP KN747BP KN748BP KN750BP KN751BP KN753BP KN754BP KN755BP KN756BP KN776BP KN758BP KN759BP KN760BP KN762BP KN763BP KN764BP KN765BP KN767BP KN770BP KN777BP KN778BP KN239 KN240 KN241 KN242 KN243 KN244 KN245 KN246 KN247 KN248 KN250 KN251 KN253 KN254 KN255 KN256 KN276 KN258 KN259 KN260 KN262 KN263 KN264 KN265 KN267 KN270 KN277 KN278 KN339 KN340 KN341 KN342 KN343 KN344 KN345 KN346 KN347 KN348 KN350 KN351 KN353 KN354 KN355 KN356 KN376 KN358 KN359 KN360 KN362 KN363 KN364 KN365 KN367 KN370 KN377 KN378 KN839 KN840 KN841 KN842 KN843 KN844 KN845 KN846 KN847 KN848 KN850 KN851 KN853 KN854 KN855 KN856 KN876 KN858 KN859 KN860 KN862 KN863 KN864 KN865 KN867 KN870 KN877 KN878 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-89 19 For Push Button or Pilot Light Blank KN200SP KN200WP KN200BP KN100SP Blank (red) KN200RP b KN200RP b KN200RP b KN100RP b Start KN201SP KN201WP KN201BP KN101SP Stop KN202RP b KN202RP b KN202RP b KN102RP b On KN203SP KN203WP KN203BP KN103SP Off KN204RP b KN204RP b KN204RP b KN104RP b Emerg. Stop KN205RP b KN205RP b KN205RP b KN105RP b Forward KN206SP KN206WP KN206BP KN106SP Reverse KN207SP KN207WP KN207BP KN107SP Close KN208SP KN208WP KN208BP KN108SP Open KN209SP KN209WP KN209BP KN109SP Down KN210SP KN210WP KN210BP KN110SP Up KN211SP KN211WP KN211BP KN111SP Fast KN212SP KN212WP KN212BP KN112SP Slow KN213SP KN213WP KN213BP KN113SP High KN214SP KN214WP KN214BP KN114SP Low KN215SP KN215WP KN215BP KN115SP Inch KN216SP KN216WP KN216BP KN116SP In KN217SP KN217WP KN217BP KN117SP Jog KN218SP KN218WP KN218BP KN118SP Jog For. KN219SP KN219WP KN219BP KN119SP Jog Rev. KN220SP KN220WP KN220BP KN120SP Lower KN221SP KN221WP KN221BP KN121SP Out KN222SP KN222WP KN222BP KN122SP Reset KN223SP KN223WP KN223BP KN123SP Run KN224SP KN224WP KN224BP KN124SP Start Jog KN225SP KN225WP KN225BP KN125SP Test KN226SP KN226WP KN226BP KN126SP Raise KN227SP KN227WP KN227BP KN127SP Decrease KN228SP KN228WP KN228BP KN128SP Increase KN229SP KN229WP KN229BP KN129SP Left KN230SP KN230WP KN230BP KN130SP Right KN231SP KN231WP KN231BP KN131SP Cycle Start KN232SP KN232WP KN232BP KN132SP Feed Start KN233SP KN233WP KN233BP KN133SP Cycle Stop KN234SP KN234WP KN234BP KN134SP Motor Run KN236SP KN236WP KN236BP KN136SP Motor Stop KN237SP KN237WP KN237BP KN137SP Power On KN238SP KN238WP KN238BP KN138SP Pull To Start N/A N/A N/A KN179SP Push To Stop For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button For.-Rev. KN239SP KN239WP KN239BP KN139SP Hand-Auto. KN240SP KN240WP KN240BP KN140SP High-Low KN241SP KN241WP KN241BP KN141SP Jog-Run KN242SP KN242WP KN242BP KN142SP Man.-Auto. KN243SP KN243WP KN243BP KN143SP Off-On KN244SP KN244WP KN244BP KN144SP On-Off KN245SP KN245WP KN245BP KN145SP Open-Close KN246SP KN246WP KN246BP KN146SP Raise-Lower KN247SP KN247WP KN247BP KN147SP Run-Jog KN248SP KN248WP KN248BP KN148SP Slow-Fast KN250SP KN250WP KN250BP KN150SP Start-Stop KN251SP KN251WP KN251BP KN151SP Up-Down KN253SP KN253WP KN253BP KN153SP Low-High KN254SP KN254WP KN254BP KN154SP Stop-Start KN255SP KN255WP KN255BP KN155SP Left-Right KN256SP KN256WP KN256BP KN156SP On-Auto KN276SP KN276WP KN276BP KN176SP Auto-Off-Hand KN258SP KN258WP KN258BP KN158SP For.-Off-Rev. KN259SP KN259WP KN259BP KN159SP Hand-Off-Auto. KN260SP KN260WP KN260BP KN160SP Man.-Off-Auto. KN262SP KN262WP KN262BP KN162SP Open-Off-Close KN263SP KN263WP KN263BP KN163SP Up-Off-Down KN264SP KN264WP KN264BP KN164SP Low-Off-High KN265SP KN265WP KN265BP KN165SP Jog-Stop-Run KN267SP KN267WP KN267BP KN167SP High-Low-Off KN270SP KN270WP KN270BP KN170SP High-Off-Low KN277SP KN277WP KN277BP KN177SP Auto-Man.-Off KN278SP KN278WP KN278BP KN178SP a Legend plate has red background with silver letters. b Legend plate has red background with black letters. For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-90 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Silver White Black Silver White Black Silver White Black Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.258: Legend Plates–Special Marking Legend Plate Description Type Standard Markings KN100( )P (Plastic) a 2.25 in Square Silver Field, Black Letters Special Marking White Field, Black Letters b Red Field, Black Letters Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings Special Marking Black Field b Red Field Standard Markings Silver Field, Black Letters Special Marking White Field, Black Letters b Red Field, Black Letters Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings Special Marking Black Field b Red Field Blank Any Marking b KN200 Aluminum KN200( )P (Plastic) a 1.7 in. Square KN300 Aluminum KN400 Aluminum Standard Markings KN500 Aluminum Black Field Special Marking Green Red b Field Black Field Blank Red Field KN600 Aluminum Black Field Any Marking b Red Field Standard Markings KN700( )P Silver Field, Black Letters (Plastic) a Special Marking White Field, Black Letters 2.5 in. b Red Field, Black Letters Square Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings KN800 Special Marking Blue Field Aluminum b Red Field Blank KN900 Aluminum Any Marking b a Other colors available (see Table 19.259). b Specify marking required. $ Price See page 19-89 KN199SP KN199WP KN199RP KN199BP See page 19-89 KN299 KN299R See page 19-89 KN299SP KN299WP KN299RP KN299BP See page 19-89 KN399 KN399R KN400 KN499 Select from Table 19.263 KN599 4.40 18.50 4.40 Legend Plate Position #1 18.50 Table 19.262: Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units 4.40 Legend Plate 18.50 4.40 18.50 8.60 22.80 4.40 18.50 KN519 KN600 KN600R KN699 KN699R Select from page 19-89 KN799SP KN799WP KN799RP KN799BP Select from page 19-89 KN899 KN899R KN900 KN999 9.90 22.80 4.40 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Blank Legend Plates Special Engraved Legend Plates Yellow Green Blue Red Yellow Green Blue Red Letter Color Black White Black White KN100YP KN100GP KN100LP KN100CP KN199YP KN199GP KN199LP KN199CP Legend Plate Orientation Position #1 Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN2 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs KN700YP KN700GP KN700LP KN700CP KN799YP KN799GP KN799LP KN799CP 4.40 18.50 Legend Plate Orientation Position #2 Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN2 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs 90 mm Catalog Number 9001KN9100 9001KN9330 9001KN8100 9001KN8330 $ Price 4.40 a Legend plate has red background with silver letters. b Legend plate has red background with black letters. For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-90 19-90 D E F 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.74 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.69 1.69 2.25 1.69 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.94 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 CS1 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 Table 19.263: Special Legend Plates Table 19.261: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) Text — EMERGENCY STOP — EMERGENCY STOP C Legend Plate Position #2 4.40 18.50 Type KN100 KN200 KN300 KN400 KN500 KN600 KN700 KN800 KN900 Max. No. of 8 18 Characters 16 14 18 18 22 17 18 per field per pos. per Line Max. No. of 2 1 2 1 3 2 4 2 2 Lines per field per pos. Note: The maximum number of characters and lines is a practical maximum, based on a minimum size of characters to facilitate easy reading. 60 mm B 4.40 Table 19.260: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for Type KN Legend Plates Diameter A 18.50 1.7 in. Square 2.25 in. Square 2.5 in. Square $ Price KN200YP KN200GP KN200LP KN200CP KN299YP KN299GP KN299LP KN299CP Centerline Spacing (in.) Operator 18.50 Table 19.259: Plastic Legend Plates—Other Colors Plate Color www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Discount Schedule Type KN500 (For Use with Dual Function Operators: KR6, KR7 and KR67) Standard Markings Type KN500 KN501 KN502 Green Blank Start On Red Blank Stop Off Type KN520 KN521 KN522 KN523 KN524 KN525 KN526 Black Blank Start On Forward Up High Open Black Blank Stop Off Reverse Down Low Close © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.264: Padlock Attachments Holds button in depressed position and can be padlocked. Type K4 K5 $ Price 42.80 71.00 Types K and SK non-illuminated Holds button in push buttons with or depressed position without protective when padlocked. boots. K97 Types K and SK non-illuminated push buttons, cover type attachment. KR, SKR Attachment can be padlocked. Does not hold button in depressed position. Spring loaded cover Types K and SK cannot be push buttons, cover padlocked. Does not type attachment. hold button in depressed position. Types K and SK push-pull operator and illuminated push buttons. KR8, KR9 Holds button in depressed position and can be padlocked. K6 K60 K62 42.80 Holds maintained button in depressed position and can be padlocked. Type KR9 & SKR9 Push-Pull Holds button in operators— depressed position. Non-Illuminated Can be padlocked. and Illuminated K96 K162 Description Type Types K and SK selector switches and potentiometers (will not work with gloved-hand knob). Cover type attachment that can be padlocked to keep unauthorized personnel from tampering with the operator. K7 42.80 Types K and SK selector switches and Same as 9001K7 but potentiometers (will not with spring loaded work with gloved-hand lockout cover. knob). K107 56.00 Cover type attachment that can be padlocked to keep unauthorized personnel from tampering with the operator. K108 42.80 Types K and SK illuminated push buttons Same as 9001K108 (with or without guard) but with spring loaded K109 and key operated push lockout cover. buttons. 57.00 Types K and SK maintained push-pull operators using 1.375 in. dia. mushroom buttons (-20 series as shown on page 19-92). 54.00 Types K and SK illuminated push buttons (with or without guard) and key operated push buttons. $ Price 42.80 57.00 71.00 42.80 59.00 Table 19.265: Mushroom Button Guards Cover type attachment that holds mushroom button in K110 depressed position and can be padlocked. Table 19.267: Protective Boots KU1 KR11U and KR12U Interlocked Assembly Used On KU17 KU37 KU27 Note: These Type KU protective boots are recommended for very dirty environments or severe hose down, but they are not required for UL Type 4 rating on the Type K operators or UL Type 4 or 4X rating on the Type SK operators. The K1 wrench (see page 19-93) is required for installation of these boots. For Non-Illuminated Clear Color for Type $ Price Push Buttonsd Color Type $ Price Standard knob selector switch Black KU1 Gloved-hand cap for use on standard Red KU2 knob selector switch Blue KU3 28.70 Brown KU4 Standard pilot light and maintained contact Green KU5 push buttons Yellow KU6 Clear KU7 Push-to-test and illuminated push button Clear KU8 42.80 without guard (Provides Full Guard) Illuminated push button with guard d Use KU27 for maintained contact push buttons. KU17 42.80 KU18 42.80 KU27 42.80 KU37 42.80 KU47 57.00 Table 19.268: Closing Plates Round (1-1/2 in. Dia.) Aluminum Mushroom Guard Yellow Plastic Extended Mushroom Aluminum Mushroom Guard for 1.375 in. Mushroom Button Guard for 1.375 in. and 1.625 in. for 2.25 in. Mushroom Button Operator (KR4, KR24) Mushroom Button Operators Operator Type $ Price Type Used On $ Price Type Used On $ Price KR4, K56b 57.00 K68 KR5 57.00 SKR4 K48 57.00 KR8, KR9, K56cMa SKR8, SKR9 68.00 K685 KR25 68.00 a The mushroom guard has finger holes for push-pull operators. b B=Black G=Green R=Red Y=Yellow c R=Red Y=Yellow © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 e Description Type Gray K51e Black K52e Meets UL and NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13. $ Price 14.30 Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type K non-illuminated push button — Standard or mushroom (KR4, KR5 mushroom buttons only). Description 19-91 19 Used On Table 19.266: Padlock Attachments 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.269: Accessories Description Package Qty. Color Type 2-1/4 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for KR5 and SKR5 d Black Blue Gray Green Orange Red Universal a White Yellow Black Blue Green Orange Red Red b Yellow Black Blue Green Orange Red Red b Yellow T8BK T8BE T8GY T8GN T8OE T8RD T8U T8WH T8YW K16B K16L K16G K16S K16R K16R05 K16Y K17B K17L K17G K17S K17R K17R05 K17Y K92B K92L K92G K92S K92R K92Y 1 1-3/8 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for KR24 and SKR24e Black Blue Green Orange Red Yellow K93B K93L K93G K93S K93R K93Y 1 2-1/4 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for KR25 and SKR25 f Black Blue Green Orange Red Yellow Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red Red j White Yellow Black Green Red A22 B23 L22 C22 G22 S23 R22 R2205 W22 Y22 B19 G19 R19 Universal h U19 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A7 L7 C7 G7 R7 W7 Y7 Red Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black R94 K92RM K92GM K92BM K93RM K93GM K93BM K94RM K94GM K94BM K95RM K95GM K95BM Color inserts for KR1, KR2, KR3, SKR1, SKR2, SKR3, KR11, KR12, SKR11, SKR12, KRD, T, TRD 1.375 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for KR4 and SKR4 c Push-Pull Knobs for KR8, KR9, SKR8, SKR9 Operators 19 Color Inserts for Dual Function Operators KR6, KR7, KR67 Standard Color PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Caps for Illuminated Push Buttons K1L, K2L, K3L, SK1L, SK2L Knob for KR9R94 Metal Knob for KR24 Metal Knob for KR25 Metal Knob for KR9 (40 mm) Metal Knob for KR9 (60 mm) a b c d e f g h i j 19-92 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. $ Price Each 10 .72 7 5.70 10 .70 42.80 1 Description Color Type Package Qty. A20 L20 C20 G20 R20 W20 Y2 1 9.90 1-3/8 in. Mushroom Knob for Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A21 L21 C21 G21 R21 W21 Y21 1 9.90 2-1/4 in. Mushroom Knob for Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 1 9.90 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 1 9.90 A6 L6 C6 G6 R6 W6 Y6 1 9.90 Glass Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A8 B11 L8 C8 G8 S11 R8 W8 Y8 1 9.90 Standard Selector Switch Knob for K and SK Selector Switches Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red White Yellow Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red White Yellow A24 B25 L24 C24 G24 S25 R24 W24 Y24 1 9.90 Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow T5BK T5BE T5GN T5OE T5RD T5WH T5YW 10 1.40 Cam B C D E F G H J L M K13B K13C K13D K13E K13F K13G K13H K13J K13L K13M 47.60 42.80 42.80 1 42.80 42.80 42.80 Plastic Fresnel Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT, SKP, SKT Domed Plastic Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT, SKP, SKT 42.80 9.90 1 15.80 $ Price Each 9.90 1.40 10 8.60 Gloved-Hand Selector Switch Knob for K and SK Selector Switches 1 9.90 1 9.90 1 51.00 1 63.00 1 51.00 Color Inserts for KQ and TQ Selector Push Buttons Selector Switch Cams 1 63.00 Includes one each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Orange, Blue, and White. “EMERGENCY STOP” is in raised letters and hot stamped white across the front of the mushroom button. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to form a 9001KR4 or SKR4. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to form a 9001KR5 or SKR5. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a 9001KR24 or SKR20 to form a 9001SKR24. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a 9001KR25 or a SKR20 to form a 9001SKR25. These color caps are opaque and are for use on non-illuminated operators only. Includes two of each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, and Green. May be used on KR8 and KR9 operators. Order mushroom button and K54 adapter (no charge) from page 19-88. Using the K54 adapter voids Type 6 rating. Red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” marked on top of knob. CS1 Discount Schedule Type $ Price Each 6.30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.270: Ring Nuts KS c K44 K45 K45 K45 SK46 K49 K111 6515802701 K41 K41 K42 K42 K41 K55 K42 K49 K49 K49 K40 K41 K41 K47 K47 K47 K58 K41 K45 SK46 KT a b c Type K49 Used On Type $ Price SK1L SK44 — — — — SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 SK45 SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 c SK46 SK2L SK49 — — — — SKP, SKTR SK41 SKR1 SK41 SKR11 SK42 SKR12 a SK42 SKR12 b SK41 — — SKR2 SK42 — — — — SKR25 SK49 SKR3 SK40 SKR4 SK41 SKR5 SK41 — — — — — — SKR8 6509704401 SKR9 SK41 SKS SK45 SKS c SK46 SKRU11 SK41 SKRU1,2,3,4,5,10 SK40 SKT SK49 18.50 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 18.50 12.00 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 Description Part Number $ Price E10 Key 2941101100 9.90 Gray cap for KR11, KR12, SKR11, or SKR12 3105217001 13.80 Clear plastic top (only) for 9001K44 & SK44 4487D63XI 7.95 Ring Nut Gasket for Type K and SK Push-Pull Knob 6509701801 1.95 Gasket for Plastic Illuminated Lens 6509701901 3.90 Gasket for Type K and SK selector switch knob 3105406401 1.95 Black Compensating Gasket (Type K and SK 6509702001 3.90 Operators Liner for Non-Illuminated Operators 6509704901 N/C Locking Thrust Washer 6512231201 3.90 Nylon Spacer 6509705001 5.10 Locking Thrust Washer (Std. Type SK Operator) 6512240601 3.90 Push-Pull Mushroom Adaptere K54 N/C Rubber Boot for Joystick 6512243201 7.20 Knob on Joysticks without latch 4458D20X3 12.90 Knob for SK Potentiometer 3105404408 10.65 Fingersafe™ Cover for 9001KM 6508804101 3.00 e Allows Type -20 and -21 mushroom color caps to be used on push-pull operators. Use of 9001K54 voids Type 6 rating. Table 19.273: KU Replacement Ring Nuts (Threaded Inside and Out) Used On Part Number $ Price KU1 through KU8, KU27, KU37, KU47 KU17, KU18 3105204101 3105205901 4.35 10.65 Table 19.274: Interlock For mechanically interlocking two push buttons so that only one button can be depressed at a time. A Type K3 attachment is furnished with the 9001 KR11, KR12, SKR11, SKR12, SKRU1 and SKRU11 operators. However, these are maintained operators and the K3 interlock serves to release one of the buttons when the other is depressed. When used with momentary contact buttons, the K3 interlock does not hold the buttons in the depressed position. It simply prevents pushing both buttons at the same time. The Type K3 interlock is mounted behind the operators. Operators not included. 4.40 4.40 Maintained button of two button operator. Momentary button of two button operator. Secondary ring nut (holds knob on selector switch or potentiometer). Type $ Price K3 Table 19.271: Replacement Lamps For Series A–F (black) Light Modules KM1 KM2 KM3 KM4 KM5 KM6 KM7 KM8 KM9 KM11 Lamp Number (ANSI) GE44d GE1490 GE44d GE1490 GE44d GE44d GE44d GE44d GE755 CMDK1A5 Table 19.275: Screwdriver Square D Replacement Lamps Part Number $ Price — 2550101003 — 2550101003 — — — — 2550101020 2550105014 — 12.45 — 12.45 — — — — 12.45 33.00 KM12 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM13 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM14 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM15 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM21 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM22 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM23 SYL28PSB 2550105008 16.50 KM25 SYL120PSB 2550105005 16.50 KM31 SYL6PSB 2550105007 16.50 KM32 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM34 SYL24PSB 2550105004 16.50 KM35 SYL28PSB 2550105008 16.50 KM36 SYL48PSB 2550105009 16.50 KM37 SYL60PSB 2550105010 16.50 KM38 SYL120PSB 2550105005 16.50 d GE44 and GE755 are interchangeable (GE755 gives longer life). If a GE44 lamp is ordered, a GE755 (2550101020) will be substituted. For a replacement lamp in a current series light module see the light module listing on page 19-86. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule Used to tighten mounting screws on contact blocks and light modules. Type $ Price K69 35.50 Table 19.276: Wrenches 19 Light Module Type 28.65 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Used On K1L K30-K37 K70-K73 K20, K21, K22, K23 K20, K21, K22, K23 c K2L K3L (complete) K3L (metal top only) KP, KTR KR1 KR11 KR12 a KR12 b KR13, 14, 15 KR2 KR20 KR24 KR25 KR3 KR4 KR5 KR6 KR67 KR7 KR8 KR9 KS Table 19.272: Repair Parts K95 Where Used For tightening ring nuts on 22 and 30 mm control units For tightening threaded protective caps NOTE: K1 Type $ Price K95 K1 42.75 71.40 For more information, see Instruction Bulletin No. 30072-100-10. 19-93 Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.277: Push Buttons—Single, with Contacts Description NonIlluminated Illuminated www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Button Color Legend Marking Contacts Voltage Type $ Price Green Red Amber Green Blue Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Start Stop blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O — — — — — 24 24 24 110/120 110/120 110/120 KXRA133 KXRA134 KXRAAH2 KXRAGH2 KXRALH2 KXRB34AH1 KXRB34GH1 KXRB34RH1 KXRB1AH1 KXRB1GH1 KXRB1RH1 64.00 64.00 138.00 138.00 138.00 184.00 184.00 184.00 217.00 217.00 217.00 Table 19.278: Push Buttons—Dual, with Contacts 1 2 Description Top Button (#1) Lower Button (#2) Contacts Momentary Momentary Momentary Momentary Maintaineda Maintained a Maintained a Maintained a Start (Green) Start (Green) Up (Green) blank (Blue) Start (Green) On (Blue)b On (Blue)b On (Blue)b Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Down (Green) blank (Blue) Stop (Red) Off (Blue)b Off (Blue)b Off (Blue)b 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/O 1 C/O 3 C/O 3 C/O 2 C/O Type $ Price KXRC111 KXRC136 KXRD140 KXRDLLH7 KXRE115 KXRELLH3 KXRELLH3 KXRELLH2 171.00 129.00 135.00 139.00 171.00 273.00 273.00 277.00 Table 19.279: Push Buttons—Dual with One Pilot Light and Contacts 1 2 Description Top Button (#1) Middle Lens (#2) Lower Button (#3) Contacts Voltage Type $ Price 3 Momentary Momentary Maintained a Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 1 C/O 110/120 110/120 110/120 KXRG117 KXRG137 KXRJ119 314.00 270.00 329.00 Pilot Light at 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer Table 19.280: Push Buttons—Dual with Two Pilot Lights and Contacts 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1 2 3 4 Pilot Lights at 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer 19-94 Description Top Button (#1) Left Lens (#2) Right Lens (#3) Lower Button (#4) Contacts Voltage Type $ Price Momentary Momentary Momentary Momentary Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) Off (Green) Off (Green) Off (Green) Off (Green) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 110/120 110/120 24 24 KXRL121 KXRL138 KXRL34GRGRH2 KXRL34GRGRH37 485.00 441.00 451.00 494.00 a b Maintained operators are mechanically interlocked Text is vertical CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.281: Selector Switches—with Contacts Description Legend NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Knob 2-position, maintained Off-On Black 2-position, maintained Off-On Black 3-position, maintained Hand-Off-Auto Black Contacts 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 Type 0 1 $ Price KXSA125 99.00 KXSA139 78.00 KXSD126 99.00 Table 19.282: Pilot Lights Description Voltage Lens 1* Lens 2* Single 24 Amber Single 24 Red Single 24 Green Single 24 White Single 110/120 Amber Single 110/120 Red Single 110/120 Green Single 110/120 White Dual 24 Amber Dual 24 Red Dual 24 Green Dual 24 White Dual 24 Red Dual 110/120 Amber Dual 110/120 Red Dual 110/120 Green Dual 110/120 White Dual 110/120 Red Quad 24 White Quad 110/120 White Quad 110/120 White * Lenses are blank (no markings) 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer 1 2 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz. Transformer Amber Red Green White Green Amber Red Green White Green Amber Amber Blue Lens 3* Green Green Green Lens 4* Red Red Red Type $ Price KXPA35A KXPA35R KXPA35G KXPA35W KXPA1A KXPA1R KXPA1G KXPA1W KXPB34AA KXPB34RR KXPB34GG KXPB34WW KXPB34RG KXPB1AA KXPB1RR KXPB1GG KXPB1WW KXPB1RG KXPC34WAGR KXPC1WAGR KXPC1WLGR 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 552.00 552.00 552.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer \ Table 19.283: Potentiometers Power Resistance 2W 3.2 kΩ KXBB06 Type 287.00 Price 2W 5 kΩ KXBB07 287.00 Single 2W 10 kΩ KXBB08 287.00 Tandem 2W 5 kΩ / 5 kΩ KXBD83 399.00 19 Single PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Single © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-95 Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.284: Push Buttons—without Contacts a Push Button Action www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Lens Color (1) Lens Color (2) Type Price Single Push Button Non-Illuminated Momentary Illuminated 24 V Momentary Illuminated 110/120 V Momentary Amber — KXRAA 38.60 Green — KXRAG 38.60 Blue — KXRAL 38.60 Red — KXRAR 38.60 White — KXRAW 38.60 Amber — KXRB35A 125.00 Green — KXRB35G 125.00 Blue — KXRB35L 125.00 Red — KXRB35R 125.00 White — KXRB35W 125.00 Amber — KXRB38A 125.00 Green — KXRB38G 125.00 Blue — KXRB38L 125.00 Red — KXRB38R 125.00 White — KXRB38W 125.00 Dual Push Button Momentary + Interlock 1 2 Non-Illuminated Maintained + Interlock Green Red KXRCGR 77.00 White White KXRCWW 77.00 Green Green KXRCGG 77.00 Green Red KXREGR 120.00 White White KXREWW 120.00 Green Green KXREGG 120.00 Table 19.285: Dual Push Button with Pilot Light—without Contacts a Action 1 Voltage Lens Color (1) Lens Color (2) Lens Color (3) Lens Color (4) Type Price With One Pilot Light 19 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRG35RWG 188.00 3 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRG35GWG 188.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRG38RWG 188.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRG38GWG 188.00 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRH35RWG 221.00 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRH354GWG 221.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRH38RWG 221.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRH38GWG 221.00 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRJ35RWG 243.00 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRJ35GWG 243.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRJ38RWG 243.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRJ38GWG 243.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 2 Momentary Momentary + Interlock Maintained + Interlock With Two Pilot Lights Momentary 1 2 3 4 Momentary + Interlock a 24 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRL35RWWG 324.00 24 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRL35GGRR 324.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRL38RWWG 324.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRL38GGRR 324.00 24 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRM35RWWG 368.00 24 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRM35RRGG 368.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRM38RWWG 368.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRM38RRGG 368.00 Order contact blocks separately (See Table 19.287 on Page 19-97) Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-99 19-96 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selectors, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.286: Selectors—without Contacts a Description 2-Position, Maintained 3-Position, Maintained 4-Position, Maintained a NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Voltage Knob Color Non-Illuminated — Black KXSAEB Type $ Price 53.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc Red KXSJE35R 138.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc Green KXSJE35G 138.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc White KXSJE35W 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc Red KXSJE38R 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc Green KXSJE38G 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc White KXSJE38W 138.00 Key (Withdraw L) — N/A KXSRE1 140.00 Key (Withdraw R) — N/A KXSRE2 138.00 Key (Withdraw Both) — N/A KXSRE3 138.00 Non-Illuminated — Black KXSDCB 53.00 Key (Withdraw C) — N/A KXSVC5 138.00 Key (Withdraw All) — N/A KXSVC10 138.00 Non-Illuminated — Black KXSHHB 58.00 Order contacts separately (See Table 19.287) Table 19.287: Contact Blocks—Purchase Separately Description Type $ Price 1 N/O, 1 N/C KA1 42.80 1 N/O KA2 21.50 1 N/C KA3 21.50 1 N/C, 1 N/O (Early Make) KA4 42.80 1 N/C (Late Break) KA5 21.50 1 N/O (Early Make) KA6 21.50 (Clear Cover) (Green Cover) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE (Red Cover) (Clear Cover) 19 (Red Cover) (Green Cover) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-97 30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.288: Legend Plates for Push Buttons or Pilot Lights Table 19.290: Letter Height For Standard Legends Used On 1.23 31 Square 1.23 31 1.23 31 0.56 14 Marking A A B 0.26 7 C 0.43 11 $ Price D E F D E F KXRA, KXRB KXRG, KXRN, KXRH KXRC, KXRG, KXRP KXRJ, KXRL, KXRD KXPB KXRH KXPA, KXRK KXRM KXRE, KXTD c KXRJ, KXPC KXRL, KXTC a KXRF KXRKa KXTA, KXRM KXTB KXTC b KXTE Blank KXN100 KXN200 KXN200 KXN300 KXN400 KXN500 Start KXN101 KXN201 KXN201V KXN301 KXN401 KXN501 Stop KXN102 KXN202 KXN202V KXN302 KXN402 KXN502 On KXN103 KXN203 KXN203V KXN303 KXN403 KXN503 Off KXN104 KXN204 KXN204V KXN304 KXN404 KXN504 Emerg. Stop KXN105 KXN205 KXN205V KXN305 KXN405 KXN505 Forward KXN106 KXN206 KXN206V KXN306 KXN406 KXN506 Reverse KXN107 KXN207 KXN207V KXN307 KXN407 KXN507 Close KXN108 KXN208 KXN208V KXN308 KXN408 KXN508 Open KXN109 KXN209 KXN209V KXN309 KXN409 KXN509 Down KXN110 KXN210 KXN210V KXN310 KXN410 KXN510 Up KXN111 KXN211 KXN211V KXN311 KXN411 KXN511 Jog KXN118 KXN218 KXN218V KXN318 KXN418 KXN518 Reset KXN123 KXN223 KXN223V KXN323 KXN423 KXN523 Run KXN124 KXN224 KXN224V KXN324 KXN424 KXN524 Cycle Start KXN132 KXN232 KXN232V KXN332 KXN432 KXN532 Motor Run KXN136 KXN236 KXN236V KXN336 KXN436 KXN536 Power On KXN138 KXN238 KXN238V KXN338 KXN438 KXN538 SpecialKXN199 KXN299 KXN299V KXN399 KXN499 KXN599 Marking a These legend inserts are for the pilot lights in the center of the operator. b These legend inserts are for the push button portion of the operator. c These legend inserts have vertical printing. in. 1•4 3•16 3•16 3•16 3•16 1•8 1•8 KXN100 KXN200 KXN300 KXN400 KXN500 KXN600 KXN700 0.56 14 1.23 31 0.48 12 B C (vertical) www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.291: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters For Type KXN Legend Inserts Letter Height in. 1•4 3•16 4.40 mm 6 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.75 3 3 1•8 mm Number of … Characters per Line Lines per Legend Insert Characters per Line 4.75 Lines per Legend Insert Characters per Line 3 Lines per Legend Insert KXN199 KXN299 Horizontal KXN299 Vertical KXN399 KXN499 KXN599 7 7 3 7 7 3 4 2 4 1 1 1 9 9 4 9 9 4 5 2 6 2 1 2 14 14 5 14 14 6 8 4 9 3 2 3 6 Table 19.292: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for Type KXN699 and KXN799 Legend Plates 18.50 Letter Height Position B A Table 19.289: Legend Plates for Selector Switches Characters Per Marking Area in. mm A and C B 3•16 4.75 6 6 1•8 3 8 9 3•16 4.75 10 5 1•8 3 13 7 C 1.33 34 Square 1.33 34 Square Marking 0.76 19 KXN-600 Blank For.-Rev. Hand-Auto Man-Auto Off-On On-Off Open-Close Start-Stop Auto-Off-Hand Hand-Off-Auto Man-Off-Auto Special Marking KXSA, KXSB, KXSC, KXSD, KXSE, KXSF, KXSG, KXSH, KXSJ, KXSK, KXSL, KXSM, KXSN, KXSO, KXSP, KXSQ KXN600 KXN639 KXN640 KXN643 KXN644 KXN645 KXN646 KXN651 KXN658 KXN660 KXN662 KXN699 KXN200 (Pos. 1) (Pos. 1) KXRA, KXRB KXRN, KXRP KXPA, KXPC KXTA, KXTB 19-98 KXN200 (Pos. 2) KXRC, KXRD KXRE, KXRF All Type KX push buttons and pilot lights have a blank insert as standard. These blank inserts can be custom marked using a marking pen, a mechanical lettering set, press letters, or a tape lettering machine that marks a tape which can then be transferred to the blank insert. To have legend inserts installed into the operators, order the operator as normal and then indicate where to install the legend inserts using the numbered positions shown on the operator ordered. KXSR, KXSS, KXST, KXSV, KXSW, KXSX, KXSY, KXSZ KXN700 KXN739 KXN740 KXN743 KXN744 KXN745 KXN746 KXN751 KXN758 KXN760 KXN762 KXN799 KXN400 (Pos. 3) KXRG, KXRH KXRJ, KXRK KXRL, KXRM KXTC KXN300 (Pos. 2) KXN100 $ Price KXN-700 KXN400 (Pos. 1) KXNKXN500 500 (Pos. 2) (Pos. 3) KXN400 (Pos. 4) KXN400 (Pos. 1) C 4.40 Example: 9001KXRL1GRGRH2 with a 9001KXN 401 in position 1 9001KXN 503 in position 2 9001KXN 504 in position 3 9001KXN 402 in position 4 18.50 K X N 2 0 0 K X N 2 0 0 (Pos. 2) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 0.76 19 B A (Pos. 1) 19 Used On KXPB, KXTD CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.293: Closing Plate Table 19.297: Button Covers Description KXAK52 Includes 2-KXN200 14.30 UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Square Closing Plate (Chrome Plated) Same size as KX bezel For Use On All KX** push buttons and pilot lights Type KXAKU7 All KX** selector switches and potentiometers Full Shroud All push buttons and pilot lights Short Shroud Any KX operator Type Code KXPB KXTD KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a Rb Gb Ab Lb Wb 9.90 KXTC (Position 1 & 4) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR4 KXAG4 KXAA4 KXAL4 KXAW4 R G A L W 9.90 KXTC (Position 2 & 3) ó Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR5 KXAG5 KXAA5 KXAL5 KXAW5 R G A L W 9.90 KXPC Red Green Amber Blue White KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c Rd Gd Ad Ld Wd KXAKU17B 9.90 KXRA KXRB Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR1 KXAG1 KXAA1 KXAL1 KXAW1 R G A L W 6.60 KXRN KXRP Red Green Amber Blue White KXARM1 KXAGM1 KXAAM1 KXALM1 KXAWM1 R G A L W 17.10 KXRC KXRD KXRE KXRF Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR2 KXAG2 KXAA2 KXAL2 KXAW2 R G A L W 9.90 KXRG (Position 2) KXRH (Position 2) KXRJ (Position 2) KXRK (Position 2) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR3 KXAG3 KXAA3 KXAL3 KXAW3 R G A L W 9.90 KXRG (Position 1 & 3) KXRH (Position 1 & 3) KXRJ (Position 1 & 3) KXRK (Position 1 & 3) KXRL (Position 1 & 4) KXRM (Position 1 & 4) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR4 KXAG4 KXAA4 KXAL4 KXAW4 R G A L W 9.90 KXRL (Position 2 & 3) KXRM (Position 2 & 3) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR5 KXAG5 KXAA5 KXAL5 KXAW5 R G A L W 9.90 KXPA Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR8 KXAG8 KXAA8 KXAL8 KXAW8 R G A L W 9.90 KXTA KXTB Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR1 KXAG1 KXAA1 KXAL1 KXAW1 R G A L W Includes KXN500 $ Price 28.70 42.80 Includes 1–KXN100 Table 19.295: Shrouds For Use On Color Red Green Amber Blue White Includes KXN400 Table 19.294: Boots Description For Use On Color Red Black Red Type KXAK41R KXAK41B KXAK40R $ Price 7.20 7.20 7.20 Includes KXN100 Black KXAK40B 7.20 Includes KXN100 Table 19.296: Lamp and Lens Removal Kit e Type KXALLRT Includes KXN200 $ Price 21.50 Includes KXN300 Used to remove lamp and lens on all illuminated operators and pilot lights. Includes KXN400 Includes KXN500 Includes KXN100 a b c d e © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule $ Price 9.90 Includes KXN100 Each KXAC28 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required for position #1and #2 of the KXPB operator, order 2 of Type KXAC28. When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1 and the second in #2. The price for BOTH color codes is $6.60. Each KXAC48 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required for position #1and #2 of the KXPC operator, order 2 of Type KXAC48. When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1, the second in #2, the third in #3 and the fourth in #4. The price for ALL FOUR color codes is $6.60. Two required per operator. When ordering an assembled operator—specify two code numbers.The first code will be assembled into #1 and the second code will be assembled into #2. 19-99 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE $ Price 19 Type Control Stations and Enclosures XAL 22 mm Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.298: Start or Stop Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description Type of Contact Type of Push Marking on Legend Holder Flush black Flush red Marking on Legend Holder 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, Red momentary 1 momentary push button XALD101H29H7 Marking Catalog Number $ Price — 1 Start Stop XALD101H29H7 XALD111H29H7 73.00 73.00 1 Stop on red legend XALD164H29H7 84.00 Catalog Number $ Price XALK174H7 117.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — Table 19.299: Emergency Stop or Emergency Off Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Yellow lid, RAL1012 XALK174H7 Description Type 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Turn-to-release 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Key release (Key No. 455) 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Push-pull a Emergency Off (IEC 60364-5-53) b Emergency Stop (EN / IEC 13850) Type of Contact Standard a N.O. — N.C. 1 Trigger action b — 1 XALK178H7 147.00 Standard a — 1 XALK184H7 147.00 Trigger action b — 1 XALK188H7 147.00 Standard a — 1 XALK194H7 99.00 Table 19.300: Start-Stop Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description 2 momentary push buttons XALD211H29H7 Type of Contact Type of Push N.O. 1 — 1 1 1 flush black 1 flush red 1 flush black 1 flush black N.C. — 1 — — Text Start Stop Forward Reverse Catalog Number $ Price XALD211H29H7 73.00 XALD251H29H7 73.00 19 Table 19.301: Three Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 3 momentary push buttons (no markings) Type of Contact Type of Push N.O. 1 — 1 1 — 1 1 — 1 1 flush black 1 flush red 1 flush black N.C. — 1 — — 1 — — 1 — Text Open Stop Close Forward Stop Reverse Up Stop Down Catalog Number $ Price XALD351H29H7 143.00 XALD311H29H7 143.00 XALD321H29H7 143.00 XALD321H29H7 19-100 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control Stations and Enclosures XAL 22 mm Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.302: Empty Enclosures a Polycarbonate Description Number of Holes Catalog Number $ Price For normal environments, CSA approved and UL Listed (with stainless steel lid mounting screws) 1 XALD01H7 2 XALD02H7 Light gray base RAL7035 3 XALD03H7 Dark gray lid RAL7016 4 XALD04H7 5 XALD05H7 Light gray base RAL7035 1 XALK01H7 Yellow lid RAL1012 32.80 38.20 49.00 71.00 87.00 35.40 XALD02H7 Table 19.303: Electrical Block and Accessories (for mounting on metal plate at back of enclosure) a Description Type Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections N.O. contact Metal-plate-mounting contact blocks N.C. contact 24 Vac/Vdc ZENL1111 Light blocks with 120 Vac ZALV•• 230 Vac a 52.00 52.00 52.00 Catalog Number ZB5SZ3 ZB5AZ901 XALZ09 ZB5AZ905 $ Price 11.00 4.40 5.40 12.40 Table 19.305: Undrilled Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester H x W Dimensions Without hinges With hinges Undrilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw IN mm 3.34 x 5.75 85 x 146 3.34 x 8.90 85 x 226 5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 For XAPA1100 For XAPA2100 For XAPA3100 and 4100 Catalog Number XAPA1100 XAPA2100 XAPA3100 XAPA4100 XAPZ100 XAPZ200 XAPZ300 $ Price 110.00 180.00 284.00 378.00 22.00 24.60 32.00 Table 19.306: Drilled Insulated Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester b Type © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16.60 16.40 Number of Knockouts 22 mm Vertical Number of Rows Horizontal 1 2 4 8 16 1 1 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 4 H x W Dimensions IN mm 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Usable depth 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 3.27 in. (83 mm) 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 1.58 in. (40 mm) 3.35 X 8.90 85 X 226 centerline spacing of holes 5.94 X 9.49 151 X 241 For XAPA1110 For XAPA1120 Drilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw For XAPA1104 For XAPA2108 For XAPA3116 b Uses standard XB5 products from pages 19-42 through 19-62. Do not use ZENL style contact blocks. CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Application Ø 22 mm units Head mounting Grounding For tightening nut NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Usable depth 3.27 in. (83 mm) XAPA1104 ZENL1111 ZENL1121 ZALVB1 ZALVB3 ZALVB4 ZALVB5 ZALVB6 ZALVG1 ZALVG3 ZALVG4 ZALVG5 ZALVG6 ZALVM1 ZALVM3 ZALVM4 ZALVM5 ZALVM6 Table 19.304: Accessories for electrical blocks Type XAPA1100 — — White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue $ Price For customer assembly using XB5 operators and standard screw-terminal contact blocks, see Push Buttons—ZB5 22 mm starting on page 19-45. Either mounting method can be used: contact block ZENL mounting on metal plate, or contact block ZBE mounting on operator with mounting collar. Description Blanking plug Nut Grounding terminal Key ZB5AZ905 Catalog Number 19 ZB5SZ3 Color Catalog Number XAPA1110 XAPA1120 XAPA1104 XAPA2108 XAPA3116 XAPZ110 XAPZ120 XAPZ104 XAPZ208 XAPZ316 $ Price 114.00 114.00 114.00 182.00 390.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 24.60 32.00 19-101 Control Stations and Enclosures XAP 22 mm Enclosures and Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.307: Undrilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032) Type Usable Depth Material mm 1.93 49 2.93 74.5 2.93 2.93 Zinc NEMA 4, 13 XAPG39400 H x W x D Dimensions IN Aluminum IN 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.89 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.89 x 3.15 x 3.03 8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 mm 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 220 x 80 x 77 310 x 85 x 77 Catalog Number XAPG19100 XAPG29100 XAPG39100 XAPG19400 XAPG29400 XAPG39400 XAPG49400 XAPG59400 $ Price 110.00 120.00 142.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 262.00 Table 19.308: Drilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032) a Usable Depth Type XAPG29703 Material IN mm 1.93 49 2.93 74.5 1.93 1.93 2.93 74.5 Aluminum 2.93 Can use either XB4 or XB5 products. 74.5 NEMA 4, 13 1.18 in. (30 mm) centerline spacing of holes for horizontal mount NEMA 4, 13 1.58 in. (40 mm) centerline spacing of holes for vertical mount XAPE302 a Number of 22 mm holes 2 3 4 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 Zinc Zinc H x W x D Dimensions IN mm 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 220 x 80 x 77 310 x 85 x 77 Catalog Number XAPG19702 XAPG29703 XAPG39704 XAPG19802 XAPG29803 XAPG39804 XAPG19201 XAPG29202 XAPG39203 XAPG19501 XAPG29502 XAPG39503 XAPG49504 XAPG59505 $ Price 120.00 142.00 174.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 268.00 Table 19.309: Drilled Flush Plates b Type NEMA 4, 13 1.18 in. (30 mm) centerline spacing of holes 19 XAPE303 b Material Number of 22 mm holes Anodized Aluminum 1 2 3 4 5 H x W x D Dimensions IN 2.83 x 2.83 4.13 x 2.83 5.43 x 2.83 6.73 x 2.83 8.03 x 2.83 mm 72 x 72 105 x 72 138 x 72 171 x 72 204 x 72 Catalog Number XAPE301 XAPE302 XAPE303 XAPE304 XAPE305 $ Price 52.00 60.00 68.00 82.00 98.00 Can use either XB4 or XB5 products. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.310: Optional Back Box (for finger protection, if required) 19-102 Type Material Protective rear covers Insulating Fiberglass CS2 Discount Schedule For Use With Flush plate XAPE301 Flush plate XAPE302 Flush plate XAPE303 Flush plate XAPE304 Flush plate XAPE305 Catalog Number XAPE901 XAPE902 XAPE903 XAPE904 XAPE905 $ Price 32.80 60.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Control Stations and Enclosures 9001B Standard Duty Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.311: Control Stations NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 2 NEMA 1 Flush Mounting (w/o pullbox) Type BF201 3 NEMA 4 Type BW243 a b c Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Start 1 BG101 86.00 BF101 116.00 BW146 270.00 BR101 Stop 3 BG102 86.00 BF102 116.00 BW147 270.00 — Stop (Mushroom Button) 3 BG103 99.00 — — BW151 287.00 BR103 378.00 Stop (Lockout) 3 BG104 129.00 — — BW148 270.00 BR104 363.00 Universal (w/o legend insert) 16 BG107 83.00 BF107 BW159 269.00 BR107 Off-On (Selector Switch) 19 BG111 86.00 — — — — — — Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) 17 BG112 86.00 — — — — — — Universal Selector Switch (w/o legend insert) 19 or 17 BG114 83.00 — — — — — — Start-Stop 145 BG201 86.00 BF201 Start-Stop (for latching Applications) 146 BG202 107.00 — Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop) 145 BG203 Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 145 Start-Stop (Mushroom on both) Type $ Price 111.00 363.00 — 360.00 270.00 BR204 363.00 — BW252 270.00 BR202 363.00 99.00 — — BW250 287.00 BR203 378.00 BG204 129.00 — — BW241 270.00 BR204 363.00 145 BG205 116.00 — — BW246 300.00 BR205 Forward-Reverse 146 BG206 107.00 — — BW242 270.00 — — Open-Close 146 BG207 107.00 — — — Up-Down 146 BG208 107.00 BF208 Raise-Lower 146 BG209 107.00 — On-Off 145 BG210 86.00 BF210 On-Off 146 BG211 107.00 BF211 Universal (w/o legend inserts) 25 BG214 Start-Stop (Maintained Contact) 10 BG215 129.00 BF215 On -Off (Maintained Contact) 10 BG216 129.00 BF216 Universal (Maintained contact w/o legend inserts) 10 BG218 122.00 — — — — BR218 Fast-Slow-Stop 109 BG301 171.00 — — — — — — Forward-Reverse-Stop 109 BG302 171.00 — — — — — — Opn-Close-Stop 109 BG303 171.00 BF303 — — — — Raise-Lower-Stop 109 BG304 171.00 — — — — — Up-Down-Stop 109 BG305 171.00 BF305 — — — — Start-Jog-Stop 109 BG316 171.00 — — — — — — Universal (w/o legend inserts) 8 BG307 162.00 — — — — — — Start-Stop, Red Pilot Light: 120Vac/dc 145 & 121 BG308 — — — — 78.00 — 314.00 BF308 116.00 $ Price BW240 392.00 BW244 270.00 — BW243 270.00 BR208 BW253 270.00 — — 116.00 BW245 270.00 — — 135.00 BW254 270.00 — — BW260 264.00 BR214 356.00 158.00 BW255 314.00 BR215 405.00 158.00 BW256 314.00 BR216 405.00 135.00 — — 207.00 — 207.00 342.00 363.00 399.00 See Table 19.314 on page 19-104. Uses standard 2.0 or 2.13 in. deep wall boxes, single gang for Types BF1 and BF2, two gang for Type BF3 Also rated for Class l, Division l and ll, Groups B, C, or D; Class ll, Division l and ll, Groups E, F, or G Table 19.312: Accessories NEMA 7 and 9 Type BR103 For Hazardous Locations NEMA 7 & 9 c Surface Mounting Stainless Steel NEMA1 Flush Plate b Table 19.313: Interchangeable Push Button Legend Inserts Marking For NEMA 1 For NEMA4 For NEMA 4 or 7/9 For NEMA 4 Surface Mushroom $ Price Lever Type Round Button Mount Button 14.30 Start B101 B161 B259 B282 3.60 14.30 Stop B102 B162 B260 B283 3.60 B321 42.80 Fast B103 — — — 3.60 Red B331 10.70 Slow B104 — — — 3.60 Forward B105 — B255 — 3.60 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Surface Mount Green B332 10.70 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Flush Mount Red B341 10.70 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Flush Mount Green B342 10.70 Replacement Covers for BW240 e — BWD219 17.90 Replacement Covers for BW241 de — BWD220 35.60 Replacement Covers for BW242-BW260 e — BWD219 17.90 Description Color Type $ Price Mushroom Caps for NEMA 1 Red B301 Mushroom Caps for NEMA 4 Red B303 Lockout Kit for NEMA 1 — Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Surface Mount d e Includes factory installed lockout on the cover. Replacement case/covers are not avaiulable for Type BR devices. Reverse B106 — B256 — 3.60 Open B107 — B263 — 3.60 3.60 Close B108 — B264 — Raise B109 — B261 — Lower B110 — B262 3.60 3.60 Up B111 — B253 B276 3.60 Down B112 — B254 B277 3.60 On B115 B175 B257 — 3.60 Off B116 B176 B258 — 3.60 Hand B117 — B265 — 3.60 Auto B118 — B266 — 3.60 Jog B119 — — — 3.60 Blank (Black) B129 B189 B251 B251 3.60 Blank (Red) B189R B252 B252 3.60 B129R Replacement Interiors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104 Electrical Contact Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-103 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NEMA 1 Surface Mounting Type BG201 Watertight and Dusttight NEMA4 Contact Symbol a 19 No. of Nameplate Markings and Features Buttons 30 mm Control Stations and Enclosures Type B Standard Duty Control Stations—Replacement Parts Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Table 19.314: Replacement Interiors For Type B Standard Duty Push Button Stations www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. For Control Station Types Contact Symbol BF101–BF107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BF111–BF114 19 or 17 BOC114 39.20 BFB114 42.80 BF121–BF123 121 BOC123 147.00 BFB123 42.80 BF201–BF214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BF215–BF218 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BF221–BF224 7 or 19 & 121 BOC224 234.00 BFB224 64.00 BF225–BF226 17 or 19 & 16 BOC226 57.00 BFB226 64.00 BF301–BF307 8 & BOC214 BOC107 35.60 39.20 & BFB214 BFB107 42.80 42.80 Type BGC214 BF308–BF309 25 & 121 & BOC214 BOC123 35.60 147.00 & BFB214 BFB123 42.80 42.80 (Type BGC contact block assemblies include cover.) BF310–BF313 10 & 121 & BOC218 BOC123 78.00 147.00 & BFB214 BFB123 42.80 42.80 BF314–BF315 17 or 19 & 25 & BOC214 BOC114 35.60 39.20 & BFB214 BFB114 42.80 42.80 Type BGB214 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE BOC361 Contact Block Assembly q Type Wiring Receptacle $ Price Terminal BlockType $ Price BG101–BG107 16 BGC107 39.20 BGB107 42.80 BG111–BG114 17 or 19 BGC114 39.20 BGB114 42.80 BG121–BG123 121 BGC123 147.00 BGB123 42.80 BG201–BG214 25 BGC214 35.60 BGB214 42.80 BG215–BG218 10 BGC218 78.00 BGB214 42.80 BG221–BG224 17 or 19 & 121 BGC224 234.00 BGB224 64.00 BG225–BG226 17 or 19 & 16 BGC226 57.00 BGB226 64.00 BG301–BG307 BG316–BG326 8 BGC307 39.20 BGB307 57.00 BG308–BG309 25 & 121 BGC309 212.00 BGB309 86.00 BG310–BG313 10 & 121 BGC313 242.00 BGB309 86.00 BG314–BG315 17 or 19 & 25 BGC315 75.00 BGB315 86.00 BR101–BR107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BR202–BR214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BR215–BR219 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BW101–BW107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BW202–BW214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BW215–BW218 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BW146–BW159 16 BOC360 126.00 BW240–BW260 25 BOC361 126.00 BW255–BW258 10 BOC362 126.00 Note: Contact block assemblies for all Type BG stations include cover and contact block. Replacement contact block assemblies and terminal block wiring receptacles for push buttons have provision for 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. circuit on each button. Unneeded circuits need not be wired. a Order separate legend plates, if required, from listing on page 19-103. C-Shaped Mounting Bracket for 9001BR Interior Catalog Number $ Price 3110112001 8.70 Table 19.315: Electrical Contact Ratings b AC—NEMA B600 DC—NEMA P600 Inductive 35% Power Factor Volts Make A Resistive 75% Power Factor Break VA A Continuous Carrying Amperes VA Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes Inductive and Resistive Volts Make and Break Continuous Amperes Carrying Amperes 120 30.5 3600 3.75 360 5 5 120 1.1 5 240 15 3600 1.5 360 5 5 240 0.55 5 480 7.5 3600 .75 360 5 5 600 0.2 5 600 6 3600 .6 360 5 5 b OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc. Contact Symbols 120 V Com 121 100 17 1 3 19-104 8 10 16 CS1 19 Discount Schedule 25 109 145 146 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Enclosures 9001KY/SKY Control Stations Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.316: Empty Enclosures (for Customer Assembly) UL Types 1, 3 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, and 13 UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Sheet Steel No of Holes Type NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13 Die Cast Zinc $ Price Type Stainless Steel (304) $ Price Type $ Price Polymeric (Plastic) Type $ Price 1 KYAF1 143.00 KY1 143.00 KYSS1 257.00 SKY1 171.00 2 KYAF2 158.00 KY2 a 158.00 KYSS2 270.00 SKY2 201.00 228.00 3 KYAF3 185.00 KY3 a 185.00 KYSS3 372.00 SKY3 4 KYAF4 228.00 KY4 a 228.00 KYSS4 485.00 SKY4 269.00 6 KYAF6 287.00 KY6 287.00 KYSS6 714.00 SKY6 287.00 a Only KN200 series legend plates will fit upright on these enclosures with their long axis vertical. NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations Table 19.317: Guarded Enclosures UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc No of Holes KYG1Y (mushroom head not included) Cover Color Box Color Type 1 Gray Gray KYG1 b 1 Yellow Gray KYG1Y b b $ Price 150.00 Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations Table 19.318: Stainless Steel (302) NEMA 1 Flush Plates c No of Holes Description Type $ Price 1 1 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K25 28.70 2 2 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K26 42.80 3 3 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K27 57.00 4 4 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K28 86.00 c To be used with a standard 2 x 3 in. general purpose switch box. A 2.5 in. deep switch box should be used if two Type KA contact blocks are mounted side by side. If two Type KA contact blocks are mounted in tandem, a 3.5 in. deep box should be used. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19 K26 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-105 30 mm Control Stations 9001KY/SKY Control Stations Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Table 19.319: Assembled Control Stations No of Holes Operator Style and Features www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Type $ Price Consists of Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosurea 1 2 Type KYK31 3 Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Mushroom Button (Momentary) Push Button (with Lockout) Break Glass Operator Break Glass Operator (Red Enclosure) 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (with Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (Maintained/Interlocked) 1 Push Button, 1 Mushroom Button 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 3 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts & Lockout on Stop) d 3 Push Buttons Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) KYK111 KYK110 KYK11 KYK13 KYK14 KYK15 KYK116 KYK117 KYK224 KYK218 KYK26 KYK25 KYK21 KYK223 KYK23 KYK27 KYK22 KYK31 KYK326 KYK322 KYK33 KYK317 KYK32 KYK325 243. 243. 228. 228. 270. 270. 329. 329. 372. 329. 329. 329. 329. 527. 372. 329. 372. 441. 485. 783. 441. 471. 441. 485. KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1S1 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KS43B KS11B KR1B KR1R KR4R KR3R, K4 K15 K15 KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B KR1B, KR1B KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR11GR KR1B, KR4R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KP1R31, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1 KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA51, KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA2, KA3 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 Hand-Off-Auto Off-On Start Stop Stop Stop To Stop—Break Glass To Stop—Break Glass Jog-Stop On-Off Open-Close Up-Down Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Open; Close; Stop Start; Stop Up; Down; Stop Up ; Down; Stop KR1B KR1B KS11B KS43B KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R, K5 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 Start Stop Off-On Hand-Off-Auto Start; Stop Start; Stop UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13—Stainless Steel (304) b 1 Type KYSS300 2 19 KYSS101 KYSS103 KYSS110 KYSS111 KYSS201 KYSS203 342. 320. 356. 356. 422. 491. KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS2 KYSS2 2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock) KYSS210 441. KYSS2 KR11U KA1, KA1 Start; Stop 2 Push Buttons KYSS205 441. KYSS2 KR1B, KR1B KA1, KA1 Up; Down 342. 320. 356. 356. 422. 491. 441. 441. KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS2 KYSS2 KYSS2 KYSS2 SKR1B SKR3R SKS11B SKS43B SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR3R, K5 SKR11U SKR1B, SKR1B KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 Start Stop Off-On Hand-Off-Auto Start; Stop Start; Stop Start; Stop Up; Down UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Stainless Steel (304) c 1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock) 2 Push Buttons KYSK101 KYSK103 KYSK110 KYSK111 KYSK201 KYSK203 KYSK210 KYSK205 UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Polymeric (Plastic) c Type SKY201 1 2 3 Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained with Sealed Contacts) d Push Button (with Lockout) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons SKY111 SKY110 SKY122 SKY105 SKY201 SKY203 SKY223 SKY222 SKY205 270. 270. 372. 306. 350. 422. 570. 570. 372. SKY1 SKY1 SKY1 SKY1 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKS43B SKS11B SKS11B SKR3R, K5 SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1R, K5 SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1B KA1 KA1 KA51 KA3 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 KA51, KA51 KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1 Hand-Off-Auto Off-On Off-On Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop On-Off Up-Down 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons SKY302 SKY303 464. 464. SKY3 SKY3 KA1, KA1, KA3 KA1, KA1, KA3 Up-Down-Stop Open-Close-Stop SKY315A 531. SKY3 SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R SKP1R31, SKR1B, SKR3R KA1, KA3 Start-Stop KP38LRR9 KP38LGG9 — — Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosures with Integral Guard 1 Type KYG1Y2 Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Red LED Pilot Light Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Green LED Pilot Light Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Push-Pull Mushroom Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Turn-To Release Mushroom a b c d e 19-106 KYG11 e KYG12 e 250. 250. KYG1 KYG1 KYG1Y1 e 275. KYG1Y KR9R KA3 order separately order separately Push to Stop/ Pull to Start KYG1Y2 e 275. KYG1Y KR16 KA3 Emergency Stop Uses 9001K metal operators and metal legend plates. Uses 9001K metal operators and plastic legend plates. Uses 9001SK plastic operators and plastic legend plates. Control Station consists of components that are UL listed for use in Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, or D. Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening. CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.320: XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons Diameter (mm) Sound Option Enclosure Rating Without buzzer IP 23 (IP 65 with accessories) Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 84 24 Vac/Vdc XVR 08 ppp 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 106 Without buzzer IP 23 (IP 55 with accessories) 24 Vac/Vdc XVR 10 ppp 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 120 Without buzzer IP 23 24 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 120 With buzzer IP 23 XVR 12 ppp 24 Vac/Vdc Ø 130 Without buzzer IP 23 Resistant to vibration 12 Vdc 24 Vdc Color Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Red Orange Catalog Number XVR 08J04 XVR 08J05 XVR 08J03 XVR 08J06 XVR 08B04 XVR 08B05 XVR 08B03 XVR 08B06 XVR 10J04 XVR 10J05 XVR 10J03 XVR 10J06 XVR 10B04 XVR 10B05 XVR 10B03 XVR 10B06 XVR 12J04 XVR 12J05 XVR 12J03 XVR 12J06 XVR 12B04 XVR 12B05 XVR 12B03 XVR 12B06 XVR 12J04S XVR 12J05S XVR 12J03S XVR 12J06S XVR 12B04S XVR 12B05S XVR 12B03S XVR 12B06S XVR 13J04 XVR 13J05 XVR 13B04 XVR 13B05 $ Price Height (mm) — — — — — 300 — Catalog Number XVR ZR1 XVR ZR2 XVR ZR3 XVR Z081 XVR Z082 XVC Z13 XVC Z23 $ Price 180.00 207.00 198.00 216.00 270.00 Table 19.321: XVR Accessories Diameter (mm) 84 106 120/130 84 106 106, 120 and 130 84, 106 and 120 Reflecting prism XVR 13ppp Rubber base to increase the IP degree of protection Mount tube and base L-shape mounting bracket 36.00 270.00 27.00 XVR ZR1 19 XVR Z081 XVC Z13 XVC Z23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description XV Discount Schedule 19-107 Tower Lights and Beacons XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.322: XVC4 Tower Lights — 40 mm diameter (1.5 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price XVC 4B1 XVC 4B2 XVC 4B3 XVC 4B4 XVC 4B5 XVC 4M1 XVC 4M2 XVC 4M3 XVC 4M4 XVC 4M5 XVC 4B15S XVC 4B25S XVC 4B35S XVC 4B45S XVC 4B55S XVC 4M15S XVC 4M25S XVC 4M35S XVC 4M45S XVC 4M55S 157.50 198.00 229.50 283.50 352.50 181.50 228.00 264.00 379.50 379.50 240.00 271.50 309.00 378.00 441.00 276.00 312.00 355.50 435.00 507.00 XVC 4B1K XVC 4B2K XVC 4B3K XVC 4B4K XVC 4B5K 117.00 154.50 189.00 255.00 331.50 With support tube mounting XVC 4B5 XVC 4B35S Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b R R, O R, O, G 24 Vdc R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C For base mounting Without buzzer LED for steady light only 24 Vdc R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – Table 19.323: Accessories for XVC4 XVC Z11 XVC Z01 Description Diameter mm Minimum height to be added mm Die-cast metal mounting base (for use with XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S with 90 support tube) Plastic mounting base (for use with XVC4, XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S — 84 customer must discard the support tube) Catalog Number $ Price 32 XVC Z11 39.00 24.5 XVC Z01 64.50 19 Table 19.324: XVC Tower Lights — 100 mm diameter (4 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Vdc Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price XVC 1B1K XVC 1B2K XVC 1B3K XVC 1B4K XVC 1B5K XVC 1M1K XVC 1M2K XVC 1M3K XVC 1M4K XVC 1M5K XVC 1B1SK XVC 1B2SK XVC 1B3SK XVC 1B4SK XVC 1B5SK XVC 1M1SK XVC 1M2SK XVC 1M3SK XVC 1M4SK XVC 1M5SK 631.50 685.50 739.50 793.50 847.50 726.00 787.50 850.50 912.00 975.00 703.50 757.50 811.50 865.50 919.50 808.50 871.50 933.00 996.00 1057.50 For base mounting PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Without buzzer With flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b R R, O 24 R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 1B5K XVC 1B5SK a b R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from top to bottom. Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming. Table 19.325: Accessories for XVC1 XVC Z13 Description Mount tube and base L-shape mount bracket Diameter mm 140 — Height mm 300 — Catalog Number $ Price XVC Z13 XVC Z23 270.00 27.00 XVC Z23 19-108 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.326: XVC6 Tower Lights, 60 mm diameter (2.375 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price With support tube mounting XVC 6B5K Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b XVC 6B55SK R R, O R, O, G 24 Vdc R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 6B1 XVC 6B2 XVC 6B3 XVC 6B4 XVC 6B5 XVC 6M1 XVC 6M2 XVC 6M3 XVC 6M4 XVC 6M5 XVC 6B15S XVC 6B25S XVC 6B35S XVC 6B45S XVC 6B55S XVC 6M15S XVC 6M25S XVC 6M35S XVC 6M45S XVC 6M55S 169.50 211.50 252.00 303.00 426.00 195.00 243.00 289.50 348.00 489.00 252.00 292.50 315.00 378.00 472.50 289.50 336.00 363.00 435.00 543.00 R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 6B1K XVC 6B2K XVC 6B3K XVC 6B4K XVC 6B5K XVC 6M1K XVC 6M2K XVC 6M3K XVC 6M4K XVC 6M5K XVC 6B15SK XVC 6B25SK XVC 6B35SK XVC 6B45SK XVC 6B55SK XVC 6M15SK XVC 6M25SK XVC 6M35SK XVC 6M45SK XVC 6M55SK 132.00 163.50 214.50 283.50 378.00 151.50 187.50 246.00 325.50 435.00 205.50 252.00 283.50 346.50 426.00 237.00 289.50 327.00 399.00 490.50 For base mounting XVC Z02 Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b XVC Z12 Description Diameter mm Minimum height to be added mm Catalog Number $ Price 19 Die-cast metal mounting base 30 XVC Z02 27.00 for XVC6B• and XVC6B•5S with support tube. 100 Stamped metal mounting base for 84 21.6 XVC Z12 45.00 XVC6B• K and XVC6B•5SK a Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from top to bottom. b Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.327: Accessories for XVC6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-109 Tower Lights and Beacons XVB—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.328: XVB Beacons with Steady Light Description Light Source and Voltage Complete unit, includes: 1 lens unit 1 base unit (direct or tube mounting) Bulb (10 W max) not included 250 V max (must order bulb separately c) Color Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number XVBL33 XVBL34 XVBL35 XVBL36 XVBL37 XVBL38 $ Price Catalog Number XVBL4B3 XVBL4B4 XVBL4B5 XVBL4B6 XVBL4B7 XVBL4B8 XVBL4M3 XVBL4M4 XVBL4M5 XVBL4M6 XVBL4M7 XVBL4M8 $ Price 114.00 Table 19.329: XVB Beacons with Flashing Light (one flash per second) Description Light Source and Voltage XVBL3• Complete unit, includes: 1 lens unit 1 base unit (direct or tube mounting) Bulb (10 W max) not included 24 Vac 24–48 Vdc (must order bulb separately c) Bulb (10 W max) not included 48–230 Vac (must order bulb separately c) XVBL4B• Color Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow 193.50 Table 19.330: XVB Beacons with 10 Joule Strobe (2.75 in./70 mm diameter) a Color Catalog Number b $ Price Green XVBL8B3 Red XVBL8B4 Strobe Amber XVBL8B5 24 Vac/Vdc Blue XVBL8B6 (includes bulb) Clear XVBL8B7 Complete unit, includes: Yellow XVBL8B8 1 lens unit 366.00 1 base unit (direct or tube Green XVBL8G3 mounting) Red XVBL8G4 Strobe Amber XVBL8G5 120 Vac Blue XVBL8G6 (includes bulb) Clear XVBL8G7 Yellow XVBL8G8 a Important: Discharge tube elements are not suitable for continuous-operation signaling due to temperature rise caused by the discharge tube. b For 5 Joule units, specify XVBL6••, instead of XVBL8•• ($190.00). c For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. Description Light Source and Voltage 19 NOTE: There are no replacement lenses for strobes. XVBL6B• 5 Joule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XVBL8B• 10 Joule 19-110 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVB Components—70 mm diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.331: XVB Lens Units for Steady Light Description XVBC8 Illuminated lens unit XVBC081 Light Source and Voltage Color Bulb (10 W max) not included 250 Vac/Vdc max (must order bulb separately b) Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number XVBC33 XVBC34 XVBC35 XVBC36 XVBC37 XVBC38 $ Price 60.60 Table 19.332: XVB Lens Unit for Flashing Light XVBC Light Source and Voltage Description Bulb (10 W max) not included 24 Vac 24–48 Vdc (must order bulb separately b) XVBC9 Illuminated lens unit Bulb (10 W max) not included 48–230 Vac (must order bulb separately b) XVBCY2 XVBC1 XVBC07 XVBC23 XVBC081 + XVBC07 = XVBC21 Color Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number $ Price XVBC4B3 XVBC4B4 XVBC4B5 XVBC4B6 XVBC4B7 XVBC4B8 XVBC4M3 XVBC4M4 XVBC4M5 XVBC4M6 XVBC4M7 XVBC4M8 141.00 Catalog Number a $ Price XVBC8B3 XVBC8B4 XVBC8B5 XVBC8B6 XVBC8B7 XVBC8B8 XVBC8G3 XVBC8G4 XVBC8G5 XVBC8G6 XVBC8G7 XVBC8G8 313.50 Note: There are no replacement lenses units for the XVBC8•• strobes. Table 19.333: XVB Lens Units with 10 Joule Strobe Light Source and Voltage Description XVBZ0 Strobe 24 Vac/Vdc (includes bulb) Lens unti with integral 10 Joule strobe Strobe 120 Vac (includes bulb) XVBC12 a b Color Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow For 5 Joule units, specify XVBC6••, instead of XVBC8•• ($155.00). For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. Table 19.334: Audible Sounder Units Description Sounder unit 90 dB at 1 m Adjustable from 75–90 dB Continuous or intermittent modes Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price 12–48 Vac/Vdc XVBC9B 217.50 120–230 Vac XVBC9M 342.00 Catalog Number $ Price Table 19.335: Base Units + Cover XVBC21 60.60 19 Description Base unit + cover for direct or tube mounting, bottom or side cable entry (includes gasket) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XVBC22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-111 Tower Lights and Beacons XVB Accessories—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.336: XVB Accessories Characteristics Catalog Number in. mm 4.72 120 XVBZ02 XVBZ02A a Black tube with integral black plastic mounting base 15.75 400 XVBZ03 XVBZ03A a (includes gasket) 31.50 800 XVBZ04 XVBZ04A a 3.94 100 XVBC020 Support tube concealment cover 15.75 400 XVBC030 31.50 800 XVBC040 For direct mounting on base unit or with tulip Wall mount bracket (metal) XVBC12 XVBC11 + tube XVBC0• 12 Vac/Vdc DL1BLJ 24 Vac/Vdc DL1BLB Incandescent bulbs 48 Vac/Vdc DL1BLE bayonet type BA 15d, 10 Watts 120 Vac/Vdc DL1BLG 230 Vac/Vdc DL1BLM 12 Vac/Vdc DL1BEJ 24 Vac/Vdc DL1BEB Incandescent bulbs 48 Vac/Vdc DL1BEE bayonet type BA 15d, 7 Watts 120 Vac/Vdc DL1BEG 230 Vac/Vdc DL1BEM White DL1BDB1 Green DL1BDB3 Red DL1BDB4 24 Vac/Vdc Blue DL1BDB6 Yellow DL1BDB8 Steady-On LED bulbs Amber DL1BDB5 bayonet type BA 15d White DL1BDG1 (sold as single) b Green DL1BDG3 Red DL1BDG4 120 Vac Blue DL1BDG6 Yellow DL1BDG8 Amber DL1BDG5 White DL1BKB1 Green DL1BKB3 Red DL1BKB4 24 Vac/Vdc Amber DL1BKB5 Blue DL1BKB6 Yellow DL1BKB8 Flashing LED bulbs White DL1BKG1 Green DL1BKG3 Red DL1BKG4 120 Vac Amber DL1BKG5 Blue DL1BKG6 Yellow DL1BKG8 Adapter With CM12 (p. 13.5) cable gland, for cable size XVBC14 for side entry through base unit of 0.4 to 0.55 in. (10 to 14 mm) diameter Conduit adapter 1/2 in. NPT (for customer supplied tubing) XVBC00 a Aluminum tube. b For 240 Vac, replace the B or G in the catalog number with M—for example, DL1BDM1. For flashing LEDs, refer to catalog 9001CT0001. Description XVBZ0• XVBC020 19 XVBC12 $ Price 18.75 37.50 75.00 11.70 34.50 62.10 48.45 8.10 108.00 139.50 7.80 3.15 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.337: XVB Accessories Description Set of colored markers Set of 5 legend holders Characteristics 6 colors Identification of stacked units on base Catalog Number XVBC22 XVBC23 $ Price 3.15 12.45 Wiring Diagrams, Base Units 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) 1 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) Screw terminals Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m) 5 4 2 1 C 3 5 3 4 2 1 1 C 1 XVBL 19-112 XVBC XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVE Components—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.338: XVE Lens Units with Steady Light Description Light source Supply voltage Color of lens Green Red Lens units only for 5 W max. 24 Vac/Vdc to BA 15d base (must order bulb 240 Vac/Vdc Orange fitting bulb separately a) (Maximum) Blue Clear Green Red 24 Vac/Vdc Orange Blue Integral LED on Clear printed board circuit Illuminated units (separate bulb Green not required) Red 120 Vac Orange Blue Clear a Order clear incandescent bulb separately. See Table 19.336 on Page 19-112. Catalog Number XVEC33 XVEC34 XVEC35 XVEC36 XVEC37 XVEC2B3 XVEC2B4 XVEC2B5 XVEC2B6 XVEC2B7 XVEC2G3 XVEC2G4 XVEC2G5 XVEC2G6 XVEC2G7 $ Price Catalog Number XVEC5B3 XVEC5B4 XVEC5B5 XVEC5B6 XVEC5B7 XVEC5G3 XVEC5G4 XVEC5G5 XVEC5G6 XVEC5G7 $ Price Color of lens Green Red Orange Blue Clear Green Red Orange Blue Clear Catalog Number XVEC6B3 XVEC6B4 XVEC6B5 XVEC6B6 XVEC6B7 XVEC6G3 XVEC6G4 XVEC6G5 XVEC6G6 XVEC6G7 $ Price Supply Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 230/240 Vac Catalog Number XVEC9B XVEC9G XVEC9M $ Price Catalog Number XVEC21 $ Price 24.00 24.00 60.00 Table 19.339: XVE Lens Units with Flashing LED Description Light source Illuminated units Integral LED on printed board circuit (separate bulb not required) Supply voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac Color of lens Green Red Orange Blue Clear Green Red Orange Blue Clear 90.00 Table 19.340: XVE Lens Units with Strobe Light Light source Lens units with integral 1 Joule strobe light Discharge tube, 1 Joule (separate bulb not required) Supply voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 105.00 Table 19.341: XVE Audible Sounder Units Description Audible Sounder Units 85dB 90.00 Table 19.342: XVE Base Units and Covers Discription Base unit + snap on cover for NEMA and UL Type 12, IP42 rating Base unit + screw mounting cover for IP54 rating (includes 5 O-ring seals for lens units and 1 gasket for base unit) 30.00 19 XVEC21P Table 19.343: XVE Accessories Description Height under base unit in. (mm) Plastic mounting bases 0.78 (20) 3.93 (100) 3.15 (80) Mounting bases comprising: Ø 25 mm aluminium support tube + black plastic mounting support 15.7 (400) 31.5 (800) Description Clear incandescent bulbs with BA 15d base fitting for lens units type XVE C3p Electrical characteristics 4 W, z 24 Vac/Vdc 5 W, z 120 Vac/Vdc 5 W, z 230 Vac/Vdc Description Wall mount bracket (metal) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Color Black Black Black aluminium Aluminium Black aluminium Aluminium Black aluminium Aluminium Catalog Number XVEZ13 XVDC02 XVBZ02 $ Price 12.00 15.00 18.75 XVBZ02A XVBZ03 37.50 XVBZ03A XVBZ04 XVBZ04A Catalog Number DL1BEBS DL1EDGS DL1BEMS Catalog Number XVBC12 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description 75.00 $ Price 6.15 $ Price 48.45 19-113 Tower Lights and Beacons XVP Components—50 mm Diameter (2 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.344: Base Units + Covers Description Base unit and cover Base unit and cover Base unit and cover (with ring-tongue compatible terminal) Color Black Off-white Off-white Catalog Number XVPC21 XVPC21W XVPC21WR $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 48.00 Table 19.345: XVP Lens Units Description Ring Color Light Source and Voltage Lens Color Black Bulb (7 W max) not included 250 V (must order bulb separately a) Steady or Flashing 50 mm steady lens unit (See Table 19.347 on page 19-115 and Table 19.348 on page 19-115 for LEDs and incandescent bulbs) Off-white Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Bulb (7 W max) not included 250 V max (must order bulb separately a) XVPC33 XVPC34 XVPC35 XVPC36 XVPC37 XVPC38 XVPC33W XVPC34W XVPC35W XVPC36W XVPC37W XVPC38W 43.50 XVPC6B3 XVPC6B4 XVPC6B5 XVPC6B6 XVPC6B7 XVPC6B8 XVPC6G3 XVPC6G4 XVPC6G5 XVPC6G6 XVPC6G7 XVPC6G8 XVPC6B3W XVPC6B4W XVPC6B5W XVPC6B6W XVPC6B7W XVPC6B8W XVPC6G3W XVPC6G4W XVPC6G5W XVPC6G6W XVPC6G7W XVPC6G8W 186.00 Strobe Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 120 Vac Amber 0.6 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 24 Vdc Amber 0.3 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 120 Vac Amber 0.6 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Strobe 24 Vdc 0.3 Joule (separate bulb not required) Black Lens unit with integral strobe Off-white aFor bulbs see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. 19 Table 19.346: XVP Audible Sounder Units PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-114 Description Ring Color 50 mm sounder unit (IP40 NEMA 1) Black Ten tone selections, 75–85 dB at 1 m Off-white XV Discount Schedule Supply Voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number XVPC09B XVPC09G XVPC09M XVPC09BW XVPC09GW XVPC09MW $ Price 156.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVP Accessories — 50 mm Diameter (2 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.347: XVP LED Bulbs Description Voltage Color White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear 24 Vac/Vdc Steady-On LED bulb 120 Vac DL1BEJ DL1BDB1 24 Vac/Vdc Flashing LED bulb 120 Vac Incandescent bulbs Bayonet type BA 15d, 7 W XVPC03T 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 230 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number DL1BDB1 DL1BDB3 DL1BDB4 DL1BDB5 DL1BDB6 DL1BDB8 DL1BDG1 DL1BDG3 DL1BDG4 DL1BDG5 DL1BDG6 DL1BDG8 DL1BKB1 DL1BKB3 DL1BKB4 DL1BKB5 DL1BKB6 DL1BKB8 DL1BKG1 DL1BKG3 DL1BKG4 DL1BKG5 DL1BKG6 DL1BKG8 DL1BEJ DL1BEB DL1BEE DL1BEG DL1BEM $ Price 108.00 139.50 8.10 Table 19.348: XVP Accessories Description Color Mounting tube with bracket Silver Characteristics IN 4 10 16 4 10 16 4 10 16 — — — Black Mounting tube with tulip base XVPC02 Off-white Black Off-white — Wall mounting bracket (plastic) Bulb mounting and removal tool mm 100 250 400 100 250 400 100 250 400 Catalog Number XVPC02T XVPC03T XVPC04T XVPC02 XVPC03 XVPC04 XVPC02W XVPC03W XVPC04W XVPC12 XVPC12W XVPCX13 $ Price 32.55 40.35 48.00 32.55 48.00 48.00 40.35 40.35 48.00 15.60 7.80 Wiring Diagram PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Cable Connections, Supply line maximum: 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) XVPC12 +/4 +/5 +/3 +/2 Ø 12 0.47 +/1 –/C 19 wire 5 wire 4 wire 3 wire 2 wire 1 wire 6 green-yellow XVPC21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-115 Tower Lights and Beacons XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.349: XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms Description Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price Multisound siren 105 dB, 43 tones 12/24 Vdc White XVS 14BMW 360.00 PNP, Black XVS 72BMBP PNP, White XVS 72BMWP NPN, Black XVS 72BMBN NPN, White XVS 72BMWN XVS14BMW Electronic alarms 90 dB, 16 tones Panel Mount DIN72 180.00 12/24 Vac/Vdc Table 19.350: Dimensions (mm) XVS 14BMW 2 2 3 3xØ9 = 50 = XVS72BM 2 5 52 84 19 114 140 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 2 0° 9 7 12 0 XVS 72BMpp 69 , 3 63, 3 10, 9 7 2 51 7 2 U 67 , 5 60, 7 2 4 19-116 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Type BW Pendant Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us This pre-assembled, two-button station now comes complete with internal and external strain relief. Oversized finger grips on the rear of the enclosure make it easy to grip and operate. • • • • Well suited for standard hoist applications Push button legend inserts Field-installable mushroom button Full cover gasket, to exclude harmful contaminants Table 19.351: BW90 and BW100 Pendant Stations – with cord connector and strain relief Description Single Speed Two Speed BW90 / BW100 a b Enclosure Color Legend Insert Markings Mechanical Interlock Yellow Black Red Up-Down Yes BW92Y BW92B BW92R Forward-Reverse Yes BW93Y BW93B BW93R On-Off a Yes BW94Y BW94B BW94R 180.00 10 Start-Stop No BW95Y BW95B BW95R Start-Stop a Yes BW96Y BW96B On-Off a No BW97Y BW97B Up-Down Yes BW98Y without Inserts Yes without Inserts without Inserts a $ Price Replacement Interior b Contact Symbol Contact Symbol 9001 Type 146 BOC368 146 146 BOC368 146 BOC358 147 136.00 145 BOC359 25 BW96R 180.00 10 BOC358 147 BW97R 136.00 146 BOC359 25 BW98B — 147.00 100 — BW90YU BW90BU BW90RU No BW91YU BW91BU BW91RU Yes BW94YU BW94BU BW94RU 172.00 147 without Inserts Yes BW100YU BW100BU BW100RU 195.00 150 BOC367 150 Up-Down Yes BW102Y BW102B BW102R 202.00 150 BOC367 150 136.00 130.00 147 25 $ Price 90.00 — BOC366 25 BOC359 25 BOC358 147 — 90.00 158.00 Maintained Contact Includes gasket Table 19.353: Interchangeable Legend Inserts c Form External Bracket (cannot be field installed) $ Price Y236 Marking 10.50 Y236 Table 19.354: Replacement Enclosures Description Color Type Yellow $ Price BWRY Box & Cover Red with 4 screws Black BWRR 54.00 BWRB Table 19.355: Strain Relief Replacement Description Type Strain Relief Replacement $ Price BWSR 10.00 Type $ Price Start B259 Stop B260 Forward B255 Reverse B256 Open B263 Close B264 Raise B261 Lower B262 Up B253 Down B254 On B257 Off B258 Blank - black B251 Blank - red B252 c 3.60 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Order must specify a quantity of 10 or multiples of 10. Table 19.356: Electrical Contact Ratings d AC—NEMA B600 BWSR DC—NEMA P600 Inductive 35% Power Factor Volts Make A Break VA A VA Resistive 75% Power Factor Continuous Carrying Amperes Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes Inductive and Resistive Volts Make and Break Continuous Amperes Carrying Amperes 120 30.5 3600 3.75 360 5 5 120 1.1 5 240 15 3600 1.5 360 5 5 240 0.55 5 480 7.5 3600 .75 360 5 5 600 0.2 5 600 6 3600 .6 360 5 5 d OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc. Contact Symbols 120 V Com Speed 1 121 Speed 2 100 17 1 Speed 1 Speed 2 3 8 10 16 19 25 109 145 146 147 150 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-117 19 Table 19.352: Hanger Bracket Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us XAC pendant stations are designed for standard- or medium-duty control circuit applications. • • • • • Single- or two-speed versions Double insulated Shock and corrosion resistant 2, 4, 6, 8, 12 element versions Ease of operation Table 19.357: Pistol Grip Stations Description Speeds 1 N.O. contact per operator 2 Mechanically interlocked operators Function 1 speed/2 speed Catalog Number $ Price 1 XACA201a 150.00 2 N.O. (staggered) contacts per operator 2 Mechanically interlocked operators 2 XACA207a 222.00 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 2 Mechanically interlocked operators 1 XACA205a 187.00 1 N.O. contact per direction 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1 XACD21A0101b 167.00 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2 XACD21A1231b 451.00 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. contact per direction 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1 XACD21A0105b 202.00 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2 XACD21A1241b 480.00 XACA201 a These units are available with factory installed E-stops. Add a “3” to the end of the catalog number for standard E-stop or add a “4” for a trigger action E-stop. b These units are available with a factory installed E-stop. Use XACD22 ••• for a standard E-stop or XACD24••• for a trigger action E-stop. Note: Legends are required to achieve NEMA4 rating. Table 19.358: General Purpose Pendantscd XACA06 19 Enclosures Catalog Number 2 hole enclosure XACA02H7 3 hole enclosure XACA03H7 4 hole enclosure XACA04H7 6 hole enclosure XACA06H7 8 hole enclosure XACA08H7 12 hole enclosure XACA12H7 c Standard enclosures include internal mounting plate, cable sleeve for 8 to 26 mm, internal cable clamp, suspension ring and cable tie. d For ordering information on custom built XACA pendants, visit our website at www.Schneider-Electric.us. $ Price 192.00 220.00 250.00 306.00 382.00 478.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE To place a custom pendant order, use the worksheet on page 19-121 as a guide. Orders must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. XACA03 with operators 19-118 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.359: Contact Blocks for Operators in Cover ZB2BE10 XENG37 Description 1 N.O./spring return/1 speed 1 N.C./spring return/1 speed 1 N.O. early close & 1 N.C. & 1 N.O./spring return/2 speed 1 N.C. & 2 N.O./spring return/1 speed 1 N.O. & 1 N.O. latching/1 speed/interlocked 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. latching/1 speed/interlocked 3 N.C.—all direct acting Wiring Diagram — — Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Catalog Number ZB2BE101 ZB2BE102 XENG1191 XENG1491 XENG3781 XENG3791 XENT1192 $ Price 16.40 49.00 Table 19.360: Contact Blocks for Operators in Base of Enclosure a 1 N.O./1 speed 1 N.C./1 speed 2 N.O./1 speed 2 N.C./1 speed 1 N.O. & 1 N.C./1 speed a Cannot be used with XACA03 pendant. XENG1191 XACS101 XACS102 XACS103 XACS104 XACS105 28.60 38.20 XACS10 33 34 Figure 1 33 11 12 34 Figure 2 Figure 3 N/C + N/C + N/C with positive opening operation Figure 4 31 13 14 13 14 13 14 21 14 22 32 13 21 22 14 22 12 13 21 11 Wiring Diagrams Figure 5 Table 19.361: Operators b Description Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Brown Catalog Number XACA9411 XACA9412 XACA9413 XACA9414 XACA9415 XACA9416 XACA9419 $ Price Mushroom Size 30 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm Color Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Catalog Number ZA2BC44 ZA2BS44 ZA2BS54 ZA2BS834 ZA2BS844 ZA2BS74 ZA2BS14 $ Price 36.80 40 mm Red Booted push button Booted Push Button 8.20 Table 19.362: Mushroom Operators Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release (trigger action)c Mushroom Head Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release (trigger action)c 79.00 112.00 ZA2BS944 Table 19.363: Selector Switches and Wobble Stick Selector Switch Description Selector switch/2 position—maintainedd Selector switch/3 position—maintainedd Selector switch/2 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond Selector switch/3 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond Wobble stick (bottom mounting recommended) Color Black Black NA NA Black Red Catalog Number ZA2BD2 ZA2BD3 ZA2BG4 ZA2BG5 ZA2BB2 ZA2BB4 $ Price 30.00 112.00 102.00 Table 19.364: Pilot Light Components Description Direct supply base/without lamp (for 6 to 120 V applications) (AC/DC) e Selector Switch (key operated) b c d e Color — Catalog Number ZB2BV006 $ Price 24.60 Booted push buttons are for cover mounting only. All other operators can be mounted on cover or bottom. Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. Not for use with XEN G contact blocks. For lamps, see page 19-120. Wobble Stick © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release 19-119 19 Description Mushroom head, momentary Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Operators—Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.365: Enclosure Accessories XACA971 XACB961 Description Blank hole plug Mechanical interlock (momentary). For use with XAC booted operators only Screw adapter for self-supporting cable Low suspension ring for single row station Protective guard for bottom mounted mushroom head Protective guard for bottom mounted selector switch or key switch Catalog Number ZB2SZ3 XACA009 XACB961 XACA971 XACA982 XACA983 $ Price 13.60 8.20 6.80 Watts 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.6 Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE048 DL1CE130 $ Price Voltage 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number DL1CJUS0063 DL1CJUS0064 DL1CJUS0065 DL1CJUS0243 DL1CJUS0244 DL1CJUS0245 DL1CJ0241 DL1CJ0246 DL1CJUS1203 DL1CJUS1204 DL1CJUS1205 $ Price 19.20 27.40 Table 19.366: Lamps Type DL1CE0•• (Incandescent) Voltage 6 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 130 Vac/Vdc Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent XACA982 11.00 Table 19.367: LED, BA9s Base Type DL1CJUS•••• (LED) Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber White Blue Green Red Amber LED, BA9s base for Direct Supply blocks 25.00 XACA983 Table 19.368: PVC Standard Legend Plates 30 x 40 mm 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Texta Catalog Number $ Price Texta Catalog Number $ Price Texta Bridge Forward ZB2BY2343 Left ZB2BY2310 Stop Bridge Reverse ZB2BY2344 Low ZB2BY2336 Stop Start Close ZB2BY2314 Lower ZB2BY2337 Trolley Right Down ZB2BY2308 Man Auto ZB2BY2372 Trolley Left Emergency Stop ZB2BY2330 Off ZB2BY2312 Up Fast ZB2BY2328 On ZB2BY2311 Up Down Forward ZB2BY2305 Off On ZB2BY2367 Up-O-Down For Rev ZB2BY2371 Open ZB2BY2313 North For-O-Rev ZB2BY2384 Open Close ZB2BY2376 South Hand Off Auto ZB2BY2387 4.20 Open-O-Close ZB2BY2388 4.20 East High ZB2BY2338 Out ZB2BY2339 West High Low ZB2BY2369 Power On ZB2BY2326 Hoist Down ZB2BY2342 Raise ZB2BY2335 Hoist Up ZB2BY2341 Reseta ZB2BY2323 In ZB2BY2503 Reverse ZB2BY2306 Inch ZB2BY2321 Right ZB2BY2309 Jog For ZB2BY2381 Run ZB2BY2334 Jog Rev ZB2BY2380 Slow ZB2BY2327 Jog Run ZB2BY2365 Start ZB2BY2303 a All nameplates are black with white lettering except “Stop”, “Emergency Stop” and “Reset” which are red with white lettering. For black “Reset” change final digit of catalog number to 2. Catalog Number ZB2BY2304 ZB2BY2366 ZB2BY2345 ZB2BY2346 ZB2BY2307 ZB2BY2370 ZB2BY2389 6516002379 6516002380 6516002381 6516002382 $ Price Type Catalog Number ZB2BY2101 ZB2BY4101 ZB2BY2002 ZB2BY4001 $ Price Description Blank Black or red background—30 mm x 40 mm Blank Yellow or white background—30 mm x 40 mm PVC custom Special engravingb Black background, white letters—30 mm x 40 mm engraved Special engravingb White background, black letters—30 mm x 40 mm b Please specify lettering when ordering. Two lines with 11 characters (including spaces) maximum on each plate. PVC blank legend 19-120 CS2 Discount Schedule 4.20 4.20 17.80 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Type XACA Worksheet Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Type XACA Worksheet Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. Custom orders for XACA pendant stations must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. XACA Order Guide Instructions 14 Custom built pendant stations 1. Determine the number of operators needed, then choose an enclosure with a corresponding number of holes. 2. Select the type of operator, contact block, and appropriate nameplate for each function required. 3. Check for special functions that may be required. These items could include mechanical interlocks, adapters for self-supporting cable, lower support rings, protective guards, etc. Catalog number of enclosure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mechanical interlock (draw a vertical line between the 2 units to be interlocked ) Functions (optional) XACA Legends Contact blocks and pilot light bodies Push button Pilot light or Blanking plug 1 2 3 4 5 13 6 15 7 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 8 16 9 10 17 11 12 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 4 Mechanical interlock XACA009 Number of XACA009 required 19 Mechanical Interlock (XACA009) Unit mounted in base of station (facing downwards) 13 Attachments Position Type Catalog No. 14 Adapters for self-supporting cable type BBAP (available only with cable sleeve Ø8–26 mm) XACB961 5 5 5 15 Lower support ring XACA971 6 6 6 16 Protective guard for base mounted selector switch or 40 mm emergency-stop push button XACA982 Impossible Combinations 17 Protective guard for key switch XACA983 Possible Combinations © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19-121 Pendant Stations Application and Ordering Information Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us This line of pendant stations consists of polymeric enclosures (2 through 10 units), push button units (1 through 5 speed) and laminated legend plates. All enclosures have an extra single unit space near the top which permits the installation of a toggle switch, a Type SK operator or pilot light, or a warning label. All enclosures come with a stainless steel hanger bracket and internal strain relief post. Enclosures are yellow and have a threaded opening in the top. LIFETIME ENCLOSURE WARRANTY NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.369: Enclosure Catalog Numbers Enclosure Onlya Number of Buttons Conduit Entrance Size 2 4 6 8 10 3/ "-14 NPT 3/4"-14 NPT 4 1"-111/2 NPT 11/4"-111/2 NPT 1 1 /4"-111/2 NPT $ Price Enclosure For Assembled Stationb Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. SKYP2 189.00 SKYP20 SKYP4 239.00 SKYP40 SKYP6 287.00 SKYP60 c SKYP8 356.00 SKYP80 SKYP10 428.00 SKYP100 Class 9001 SK push-to-test pilot lights and remote test pilot lights will not fit in these enclosures. Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators and legend plates. All custom orders must include the pendant key sheet available as shown on page 19-123. The price of an assembled pendant SKYP station includes the enclosure and components plus a 10% assembly charge. (Example: 9001 SKYP2 ($189), + SKRU1 ($129), + SKN201 ($8.60) = $326.60 + 10% = $360. a b c Hanger bracket (Part no. 65091-061-01) Threaded conduit hole Space for toggle switch, a type SK operator or pilot light. Use appropriate legend plates. Table 19.371: Legend Plate Catalog Numbers Where Used Type SKYP enclosure Marking Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators. Any Type SK pilot light▲ or operator can be mounted in this enclosure. The enclosure depth will accommodate 1 Type KA1 thru KA6 (total of 2) contact blocks. For SKRU1 through SKRU11 Type SKN2 legend plate Table 19.370: Push Button Units Number of Buttons per Unit Cat. No.d $ Price 2 Single Speed – Momentary Interlocked Single Speed – Momentary NonInterlocked Single Speed – Maintained Interlock 10 SKRU11 149.00e 2 Two Speed – Momentary Interlocked 87 SKRU2 270.00f 2 Three Speed – Momentary Interlocked 88 SKRU3 320.00f 2 Four Speed – Momentary Interlocked 89 SKRU4 341.00f 2 Five Speed – Momentary Interlocked 90 SKRU5 356.00f 19 2 2 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE d Contact Symbol – See Below Description 7 SKRU1 129.00e 5 SKRU10 107.00e Types SKRU 1, 10 and 11 use Type KA contact blocks. Types SKRU 2 thru 5 are factory enclosed contact blocks. Boot part number is 9001KU1. Boot part number is 9001KU37. e f Figure 19.3: With 9001SKh operator or pilot light in top space of enclosure h i j k SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 Terminals C 1 2 Terminals SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 3 3 2 1 $ Price SKN200k SKN201 SKN202 SKN203 SKN204 SKN205 SKN206 SKN207 SKN208 SKN209 SKN210 SKN211 8.60 Specify Marking SKN299k 37.20 Blank Off-On On-Off SKN500 i SKN544 i SKN545 i 12.90 Specify Marking SKN599 i 27.00 Blank On Off Emerg. Stop Run Power On Off-On SKN100 j SKN103 SKN104 SKN105 SKN124 SKN138 SKN144 4.40 Specify Marking SKN199 j 18.50 Can be supplied by Square D as Class 9001 Type SKSTS1- includes boot for NEMA Type 4X. See 9001SK on pages 19-77 thru 19-84. Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch. Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core. 19 characters each side max. Table 19.372: Closing Plate Catalog Number Cat. No. Multispeed Contact Symbols (X = Contact Closed) 2 1 Terminals C With toggle switchg in top space of enclosure g Cat. No. Blank-Blank Hoist: Up-Down Trolley: East-West Trolley: Fwd.-Rev. Trolley: North-South Bridge: Fwd.-Rev. Bridge: East-West Bridge: North-South Start-Stop Reset-Stop Aux Hoist: Up-Down Power: On-Off $ Price SK52 14.30 Terminals C C 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 Figure 19.4: Single Speed Contact Symbols 2868-D30 87 2868-D29 88 7 Terminals C SPEED POSITION OFF 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 Terminals C Terminals C SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 Terminals C 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 4 2868-D31 89 19-122 5 10 Worksheet for Custom Assembled Pendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-123 5 2868-D32 90 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Application and Ordering Information Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Type SKYP Worksheet Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. SKYP Custom Pendant orders must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. 9001 Type TYPE NUMBER KEY 1. Operator or Closing Plate. Example - SKRU1 2. Legend Plate Type Number Example - SKN201 3. Legend Plate Marking – Used Only if Special Marking is Required Example: Line 2 - SKN299 Line 3 - A.) Hoist B.) FWD C.) REV When operator and legend plate use 2 adjacent holes - specify same in both locations. Example: A Type 2 Button 3/ " 4 -14 NPT SKYP20 4 Button 3/ " 4 -14 NPT SKYP40 6 Button 1" -14 NPT SKYP60 8 Button 11/4" -11 1/2 SKYP80 10 Button 11/4" -11 1/2 SKYP100 Contact Symbol Type 2 Single Speed - Momentary Interlocked 7 SKRU1 2 Single Speed - Momentary Non-Interlocked 5 SKRU10 2 Single Speed - Maintained Interlocked 10 SKRU11 2 Two Speed - Momentary Interlocked 87 SKRU2 2 Three Speed - Momentary Interlocked 88 SKRU3 2 Four Speed - Momentary Interlocked 89 2 Five Speed - Momentary Interlocked 90 CLOSING PLATE Type SK52 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2 3 Where Used C) 1 The price of the total station consists of the price of each individual component plus a 10% charge for assembly. Type Blank-Blank Hoist: Up-Down Trolley: East-West Trolley: Fwd.-Rev. Trolley: North-South Bridge: Fwd.-Rev. Bridge: East-West Bridge: North-South Start-Stop Reset-Stop Specify Marking SKN200 SKN201 SKN202 SKN203 SKN204 SKN205 SKN206 SKN207 SKN208 SKN209 SKN299 With Toggle Switch in Top Space of Enclosure Blank Off-On On-Off Specify Marking SKN500 SKN544 SKN545 SKN599 With Type SK Operator or Pilot Light in Top Space of Enclosure Blank On Off Emerg. Stop Run Power On Off-On Specify Marking Specify Marking (Red Background) SKN100 SKN103 SKN104 SKN105 SKN124 SKN138 SKN144 SKN199 SKN199R For SKRU1 through SKRU11 SKRU4 SKRU5 Marking Available as 9001SKSTS1 Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch. Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core. 19 characters each side. Class 9001 Type SK Push-To-Test Pilot lights and Remote Test Pilot lights will not fit in these enclosures. CS1 Discount Schedule A) B) 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 LEGEND PLATES – NEMA / UL 4X, 13 PUSH BUTTON UNITS – NEMA / UL 4X, 13 Description 1 Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators. Type SKN2 legend plate Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators, and legend plates. Number of Buttons per Unit 3 Hanger bracket Threaded conduit hole Space for toggle switch , a Type SK operator or pilot light or a warning label. Use SKN5 or SKN1 legend plates. Type SKYP enclosure Enclosure for Assembled Station Conduit Entrance Size 2 1 SKRU1 2 SKN201 3 C Space for toggle switch , a Type SK operator or pilot light, or a warning label. Use SKN-5 or SKN-1 legend plates. 1 1 SKRU1 2 SKN201 3 B ENCLOSURES – NEMA 4X, 13 Size SKYP -________ A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators or Type SK operators and Type SKN-2 legend plate. 1 2 3 A) B) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Class C) 1 2 3 19 Control Products A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 19-123 Foot Switches 9002A Heavy Duty Industrial Class 9002 www.schneider-electric.us Heavy Duty Industrial Foot Switches—Oiltight, Watertight, Dusttight and Driptight Enclosure, NEMA 2, 4 and 13 DANGER HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS Do not use foot switches on machines without point-of-operation protection. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. AW2 Type AW Foot Switch with Top Pedal Shield and Side Shields AW132 Type AW with Oversized Pedal Shield and Side Shields Foot Switch Selection Foot switches are used to control many industrial processes, while leaving the operator's hands free to perform other functions. The type or model of foot switch suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications more than one foot switch may be required, as when two or more persons are operating a machine. In these cases, safe practice and regulations require that the foot switches be wired in series making it necessary that each operator's foot switch be actuated before the machine will cycle. Only the user can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation and maintenance of the machine; therefore, only the user can determine which foot switch(es) can be properly used. When selecting a foot switch for a particular application, the user should refer to the applicable ANSI standards and OSHA regulations. The National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual also provides much useful information. In some applications, such as power presses, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided when a foot switch is used as an actuator. This is necessary since the operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch point area and serious injury can occur. The shielding provided on foot switches cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the foot switch cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection. A Trilingual Danger Sign regarding the need for point-of-operation protection is supplied with each foot switch. The sign incorporates three languages: English, Spanish and French. Additional copies of the sign are available by contacting your Square D sales office. Type AW Fully Shielded Foot Switch with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door. The Safety Door is interlocked with the pedal to prevent operation due to shock or vibration. It prevents accidental pedal operation by requiring a simple but intentional motion to lift the door before inserting the foot. 19 AW124 Operating Temperature: –30 to +60 °C (–22 to +140 °F) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: When ordering, add prefix “9002” to the catalog number. Table 19.373: Foot Switch Catalog Numbers AW117 Type AW with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door AW1 Type AW Foot Switch without Pedal Shield Description Fully Shielded with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door Features With Oversized Pedal Shield and Side Shields With Pedal Shield and Side Shields UNSHIELDED (See Warning noted) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Single Poleb Spring Return AW117 750.00 AW132 750.00 AW2 363.00 AW1 396.00 Double Throw With Mechanical Latch — — — — AW7 527.00 — — Two Pole b Spring Return AW124a 903.00 AW133 903.00 AW14 527.00 AW13 575.00 Double Throw With Mechanical Latch — — — — AW15 692.00 — — Two Stage b Spring Return AW119 930.00 AW134 930.00 AW6 543.00 AW5 590.00 (One Pole Each With Mechanical Latch in 1st Stage — — — — AW9 705.00 — — Stage) Table 1 With Mechanical Latch in 2nd Stage — — — — AW10 705.00 — — Four Stage b (One Pole Each Spring Return AW123 1295.00 — — AW22 912.00 AW21 995.00 Stage) Table 2 Single Pole Maintained Contact—Push On/Push Off — — — — AW12 527.00 AW11 575.00 Single Throw Replacement — AC5 363.00 AC7 363.00 AC8c 140.00 AC1 153.00 Cover Assembly a 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. isolated, direct acting contacts. b A single pole snap switch that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity. A double pole snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity. c For replacement cover drilled to accept latch. For Series C foot switches order AC9. Price is $182.00 No replacement cover available for Series A or B devices drilled to accept latch. AC8 is spring return only. d WARNING: These foot switches must not be used to operate machines or equipment where the possibility of operator injury exists. Typical uses include Emergency Stop functions, “Dead Man” controls, signal functions (lights, bells, etc.). File CCN E42259 NKCR File Class LR25490 184 N 13.1U For replacement parts for Class 9002 Type AW: See instruction bulletin 65013-010-31. For contact symbol tables, see page 19-125 19-124 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Foot Switches 9002A Heavy Duty Industrial Class 9002 www.schneider-electric.us (3) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 Approximate Dimensions (5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 3.50 89 4.50 6.40 114 163 3.50 89 5.63 2.87 73 5.81 8.56 148 143 216 5.81 147 6.62 Typ. 3/4 14 Pipe Tap 2.94 168 75 1.25 32 11.13 283 .38 10 .94 24 6.26 159 5.73 Types AW1, AW5, AW11, AW13 and AW21 146 (5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Hole 9 2.90 .94 74 24 4.60 117 1.84 5.02 128 47 8.56 217 5.38 3.50 137 3/4 14 Pipe Tap Types AW117, AW119, AW123, AW124 Types AW132, AW133 and AW134 (without safety door) 89 Table 19.374: Maximum Current Ratings For Control Circuit Contacts AC Amperes 37 .94 4.84 Type Volts Resistive Inductive 75% Power 35% Power Factor Factor 24 123 Make 6.87 174 9.00 3/4-14 NPT 229 Types AW2, AW6, AW12, AW14 and AW22 Break DC Amperes Make and Break Make, Break and Continuous 120 40 15 15 240 20 10 10 480 10 6 6 600 8 5 5 120 30 3 3 AW13, AW14, AW15, 240 15 1.5 1.5 AW133 480 7.5 0.75 0.75 600 6 0.6 0.6 115 36 6 — AW11, AW12 230 18 3 — 120 15.0 1.5 10 AW21, AW22, 240 7.5 0.75 10 AW123 480 3.75 0.375 10 600 3.0 0.3 10 120 60 6 10 240 30 3 10 AW124 480 15 1.5 10 600 12 1.2 10 Note: Double throw switches are rated 250 Vdc maximum. AW1 through AW10, AW117, AW119, AW132 Inductive and Resistive Volts Single Throw Double Throw Continuous 125 250 600 2.0 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.02 15 15 15 125 250 600 — 125 250 — — — — 1.0 0.3 0.1 — 2.2 1.1 — — — — 0.2 0.1 — — — — — — — — 10 10 10 — — — — — — — 120 240 600 1.1 0.55 0.2 — — — 10 10 10 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1.44 Table 19.375: Contact Symbol—Two Stage Pedal Circuit Up A1 0 1 B1 1 A2 1 2 B2 0 Note: 0 = Open 1 = Closed Half Down 1 0 1 0 Full Down 1 0 0 1 19 Snap Switch Unit Table 19.376: Contact Symbol—Four Stage Snap Switch Unit 1 2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pedal Position Circuit 1A1 1B1 2A1 2B1 1A2 1B2 2A2 2B2 CP1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Discount Schedule Up 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Down 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 19-125 Rotary Cam Switches K2 Custom and K30–K150 Power Switching Class 9003 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.377: Rotary Cam Switches Used in building control panels and consoles, Type K cam switches allow control of processes and utilities in industry and buildings, and direct control for simple machines. Applications Off-On/On-Off switches Stepping switches Changeover switches Measurement switches Functions Reversing switches Reversing star-delta switches Pole change switches Conventional rated thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Electrical operating characteristics Front plate degree of protection Product composition 1 to 6-pole 2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole 1 to 5-pole Voltmeter and ammeter 2 and 3-pole 1 to 6-pole – 1 to 4-pole – 2 and 3-pole Star-delta Star-delta 2 and 3-speed 2-speed 20 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 115 A 150 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 2.2 kW - 8.3 A AC - 15 230 V - 4 A IP 40 IP 65 (with seal) Complete switches and custom 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 5.5 kW AC - 15 230 V - 14 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 7.5 kW AC - 15 230 V - 6 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - kW – 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 5 kW – 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 22 kW – IP 40 Complete switches Adaptable sub-assemblies Compatibility Mounting Ø 22 control and signalling units Multi-fixing Single Ø 22 hole Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm centers 45 x 45 60 x 60 (adaptable sub-assemblies) Black and red standard and long handles Key operator Metallic head Metallic legend with black marking or black legend with white marking UL-CSA EN/IEC 60947-3 EN/IEC 60947-5-1 Front mounting Rear mounting Front plate dimensions (mm) 19 Operating heads PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Approvals – By 4 holes on 48 mm centers By 4 holes on 68 mm centers Screw fixing, 4 holes on 48 mm centers Screw fixing, 4 holes on 68 mm centers 64 x 64 88 x 88 Black standard handle Metallic legend, black marking cULus EN/IEC 60947-3 Type Type K2 Type K30–K150 Cam switch model a Class 9003, K2 K30 K50 K63 K115 K150 Instructions for the Key Sheet on page 19-127 Explanation of the Contact Sequence Example Below 1. 1. 2. 2. From the chart below, choose the switching angle as determined on the key sheet (see page 19-127). This identifies the angular location and the position numbers for the various positions of the rotary cam switch. Zero degrees or straight up is always position 1. Use these position numbers when completing the target table. Terminals on the cam switch have the same numbers as the terminal numbers on the target table. Contact 1-2 is a single contact. NOTE: When indicating a contact closure, place “X” within the square as shown in the contact sequence example. Figure 19.5: 90 ° 60 ° 45 ° 1 1 1 7 5 a Positions 4 5 1 2 3 10 3 4 1 11 3 6 3 12 2 2 Contact Sequence Example 30 ° 2 8 4 5. NOTE: Position 1 is an off position Table 19.378: Switching Angle Chart 6 3. 4. Contact 1-2 is open in all positions except position 2. Contact 3-4 is closed from the 2nd through the 4th position. The contact does not open while switching from one position to another. Contacts 5-6 and 7-8 overlap between positions 2 and 3. Contact 9-10 is closed in positions 2 and 3. It is open momentarily while switching between positions 2 and 3. Contact 11-12 closes mementarily when switching from position 2 to positiion 3. This contact is not closed in position 2 or position 3. C o n t a c t s 4 5 9 8 7 6 — 2 1-2 X 3-4 X 5-6 7-8 X 9-10 X 11-12 — 3 X X X X — X 4 — X X X X Incomplete part numbers. Contact your local supplier for assistance. 19-126 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Rotary Cam Switches Application and Ordering Information Class 9003 www.schneider-electric.us See Instructions on page 19-126. Customer Date F,O. NO. P.O. Number Qty To order custom cam switches: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Indicate the contact size at right (9003 K2) Indicate the desired switching angle at right. If the switching angle is not indicated, the factory will determine the angle from the table to the right. From the example shown on page 19-126, fill in the target table on page 19-128. Indicate the operator/handle type. If the operator/handle bezel has a legend and legend marking is desired, indicate the legend marking on the back of this form. If a separate legend is required, indicate the legend type on the right and the marking on the back of this form. xXSwitching AnglexX 90 ° 60 ° 45 ° 30 ° Contact size Maximum xNumber of Positionsx 4 6 8 12 Class 9003 Switching angle See Ordering xInstructions at LeftxX 2-3 4-5 6-7 8-12 Type K 2 Type Operator/Handle type Class 9003 Type Separate legend Class 9003 Type 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: See page 19-126 for target table explanation © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-127 Rotary Cam Switches Application and Ordering Information Class 9003 Figure 19.6: www.schneider-electric.us Target Table Target Table Positions 1 T E R M I N A L S 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 19 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 25-26 27-28 29-30 31-32 33-34 35-36 37-38 39-40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-128 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2014:05:30 14:02:26-05:00 Modify Date : 2014:05:30 14:02:26-05:00 XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03 Metadata Date : 2014:05:30 14:02:26-05:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:b37ea303-c464-41aa-9f87-ac73cf10f87c Instance ID : uuid:51b02395-e15c-4bd9-bdfc-122f0a076ae3 Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 128EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools